]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /* ELF executable support for BFD. | |
2 | ||
3 | Copyright (C) 1993-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |
4 | ||
5 | This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. | |
6 | ||
7 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify | |
8 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | |
9 | the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or | |
10 | (at your option) any later version. | |
11 | ||
12 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | |
13 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | |
14 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | |
15 | GNU General Public License for more details. | |
16 | ||
17 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | |
18 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software | |
19 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, | |
20 | MA 02110-1301, USA. */ | |
21 | ||
22 | ||
23 | /* | |
24 | SECTION | |
25 | ELF backends | |
26 | ||
27 | BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. | |
28 | Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 | |
29 | (running svr4 or Solaris 2). | |
30 | ||
31 | Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs | |
32 | to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we | |
33 | haven't bothered yet. */ | |
34 | ||
35 | /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ | |
36 | #define _SYSCALL32 | |
37 | #include "sysdep.h" | |
38 | #include <limits.h> | |
39 | #include "bfd.h" | |
40 | #include "bfdlink.h" | |
41 | #include "libbfd.h" | |
42 | #define ARCH_SIZE 0 | |
43 | #include "elf-bfd.h" | |
44 | #include "libiberty.h" | |
45 | #include "safe-ctype.h" | |
46 | #include "elf-linux-core.h" | |
47 | ||
48 | #ifdef CORE_HEADER | |
49 | #include CORE_HEADER | |
50 | #endif | |
51 | ||
52 | static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); | |
53 | static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); | |
54 | static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ; | |
55 | static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, | |
56 | file_ptr offset, size_t align); | |
57 | ||
58 | /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is | |
59 | currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will | |
60 | need to move into elfcode.h. */ | |
61 | ||
62 | /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ | |
63 | ||
64 | void | |
65 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, | |
66 | const Elf_External_Verdef *src, | |
67 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) | |
68 | { | |
69 | dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); | |
70 | dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); | |
71 | dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); | |
72 | dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); | |
73 | dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); | |
74 | dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); | |
75 | dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); | |
76 | } | |
77 | ||
78 | /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ | |
79 | ||
80 | void | |
81 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, | |
82 | const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, | |
83 | Elf_External_Verdef *dst) | |
84 | { | |
85 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); | |
86 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); | |
87 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); | |
88 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); | |
89 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); | |
90 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); | |
91 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); | |
92 | } | |
93 | ||
94 | /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ | |
95 | ||
96 | void | |
97 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, | |
98 | const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, | |
99 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) | |
100 | { | |
101 | dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); | |
102 | dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); | |
103 | } | |
104 | ||
105 | /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ | |
106 | ||
107 | void | |
108 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, | |
109 | const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, | |
110 | Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) | |
111 | { | |
112 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); | |
113 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); | |
114 | } | |
115 | ||
116 | /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ | |
117 | ||
118 | void | |
119 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, | |
120 | const Elf_External_Verneed *src, | |
121 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) | |
122 | { | |
123 | dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); | |
124 | dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); | |
125 | dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); | |
126 | dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); | |
127 | dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); | |
128 | } | |
129 | ||
130 | /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ | |
131 | ||
132 | void | |
133 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, | |
134 | const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, | |
135 | Elf_External_Verneed *dst) | |
136 | { | |
137 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); | |
138 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); | |
139 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); | |
140 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); | |
141 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); | |
142 | } | |
143 | ||
144 | /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ | |
145 | ||
146 | void | |
147 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, | |
148 | const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, | |
149 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) | |
150 | { | |
151 | dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); | |
152 | dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); | |
153 | dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); | |
154 | dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); | |
155 | dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); | |
156 | } | |
157 | ||
158 | /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ | |
159 | ||
160 | void | |
161 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, | |
162 | const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, | |
163 | Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) | |
164 | { | |
165 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); | |
166 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); | |
167 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); | |
168 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); | |
169 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); | |
170 | } | |
171 | ||
172 | /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ | |
173 | ||
174 | void | |
175 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, | |
176 | const Elf_External_Versym *src, | |
177 | Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) | |
178 | { | |
179 | dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); | |
180 | } | |
181 | ||
182 | /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ | |
183 | ||
184 | void | |
185 | _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, | |
186 | const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, | |
187 | Elf_External_Versym *dst) | |
188 | { | |
189 | H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); | |
190 | } | |
191 | ||
192 | /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
193 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
194 | ||
195 | unsigned long | |
196 | bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) | |
197 | { | |
198 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; | |
199 | unsigned long h = 0; | |
200 | unsigned long g; | |
201 | int ch; | |
202 | ||
203 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
204 | { | |
205 | h = (h << 4) + ch; | |
206 | if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) | |
207 | { | |
208 | h ^= g >> 24; | |
209 | /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in | |
210 | this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ | |
211 | h ^= g; | |
212 | } | |
213 | } | |
214 | return h & 0xffffffff; | |
215 | } | |
216 | ||
217 | /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will | |
218 | cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ | |
219 | ||
220 | unsigned long | |
221 | bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) | |
222 | { | |
223 | const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; | |
224 | unsigned long h = 5381; | |
225 | unsigned char ch; | |
226 | ||
227 | while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') | |
228 | h = (h << 5) + h + ch; | |
229 | return h & 0xffffffff; | |
230 | } | |
231 | ||
232 | /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with | |
233 | the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ | |
234 | bfd_boolean | |
235 | bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, | |
236 | size_t object_size, | |
237 | enum elf_target_id object_id) | |
238 | { | |
239 | BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); | |
240 | abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); | |
241 | if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) | |
242 | return FALSE; | |
243 | ||
244 | elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; | |
245 | if (abfd->direction != read_direction) | |
246 | { | |
247 | struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o); | |
248 | if (o == NULL) | |
249 | return FALSE; | |
250 | elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o; | |
251 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; | |
252 | } | |
253 | return TRUE; | |
254 | } | |
255 | ||
256 | ||
257 | bfd_boolean | |
258 | bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) | |
259 | { | |
260 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
261 | return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), | |
262 | bed->target_id); | |
263 | } | |
264 | ||
265 | bfd_boolean | |
266 | bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) | |
267 | { | |
268 | /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
269 | if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd)) | |
270 | return FALSE; | |
271 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core)); | |
272 | return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL; | |
273 | } | |
274 | ||
275 | char * | |
276 | bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) | |
277 | { | |
278 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
279 | bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; | |
280 | file_ptr offset; | |
281 | bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; | |
282 | ||
283 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
284 | if (i_shdrp == 0 | |
285 | || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) | |
286 | || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) | |
287 | return NULL; | |
288 | ||
289 | shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; | |
290 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
291 | { | |
292 | /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ | |
293 | offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; | |
294 | shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; | |
295 | ||
296 | /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes | |
297 | in case the string table is not terminated. */ | |
298 | if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 | |
299 | || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
300 | || (shstrtab = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1, | |
301 | shstrtabsize)) == NULL) | |
302 | { | |
303 | /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep | |
304 | trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for | |
305 | the string table over and over. */ | |
306 | i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; | |
307 | } | |
308 | else | |
309 | shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; | |
310 | i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; | |
311 | } | |
312 | return (char *) shstrtab; | |
313 | } | |
314 | ||
315 | char * | |
316 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, | |
317 | unsigned int shindex, | |
318 | unsigned int strindex) | |
319 | { | |
320 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
321 | ||
322 | if (strindex == 0) | |
323 | return ""; | |
324 | ||
325 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
326 | return NULL; | |
327 | ||
328 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
329 | ||
330 | if (hdr->contents == NULL) | |
331 | { | |
332 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS) | |
333 | { | |
334 | /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */ | |
335 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
336 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from" | |
337 | " a non-string section (number %d)"), | |
338 | abfd, shindex); | |
339 | return NULL; | |
340 | } | |
341 | ||
342 | if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) | |
343 | return NULL; | |
344 | } | |
345 | else | |
346 | { | |
347 | /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already | |
348 | been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the | |
349 | string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group | |
350 | section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of | |
351 | the section is zero. */ | |
352 | if (hdr->sh_size == 0 || hdr->contents[hdr->sh_size - 1] != 0) | |
353 | return NULL; | |
354 | } | |
355 | ||
356 | if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) | |
357 | { | |
358 | unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; | |
359 | _bfd_error_handler | |
360 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
361 | (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64 " for section `%s'"), | |
362 | abfd, strindex, (uint64_t) hdr->sh_size, | |
363 | (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name | |
364 | ? ".shstrtab" | |
365 | : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); | |
366 | return NULL; | |
367 | } | |
368 | ||
369 | return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; | |
370 | } | |
371 | ||
372 | /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. | |
373 | SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from | |
374 | symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF | |
375 | are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external | |
376 | symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. | |
377 | Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) | |
378 | or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ | |
379 | ||
380 | Elf_Internal_Sym * | |
381 | bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, | |
382 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, | |
383 | size_t symcount, | |
384 | size_t symoffset, | |
385 | Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, | |
386 | void *extsym_buf, | |
387 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) | |
388 | { | |
389 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; | |
390 | void *alloc_ext; | |
391 | const bfd_byte *esym; | |
392 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; | |
393 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; | |
394 | Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; | |
395 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; | |
396 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; | |
397 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
398 | size_t extsym_size; | |
399 | size_t amt; | |
400 | file_ptr pos; | |
401 | ||
402 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
403 | abort (); | |
404 | ||
405 | if (symcount == 0) | |
406 | return intsym_buf; | |
407 | ||
408 | /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ | |
409 | shndx_hdr = NULL; | |
410 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL) | |
411 | { | |
412 | elf_section_list * entry; | |
413 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd); | |
414 | ||
415 | /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */ | |
416 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) | |
417 | { | |
418 | /* PR 20063. */ | |
419 | if (entry->hdr.sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd)) | |
420 | continue; | |
421 | ||
422 | if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr) | |
423 | { | |
424 | shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr; | |
425 | break; | |
426 | }; | |
427 | } | |
428 | ||
429 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL) | |
430 | { | |
431 | if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd)) | |
432 | /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */ | |
433 | shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr; | |
434 | /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that | |
435 | the index table will not be needed. */ | |
436 | } | |
437 | } | |
438 | ||
439 | /* Read the symbols. */ | |
440 | alloc_ext = NULL; | |
441 | alloc_extshndx = NULL; | |
442 | alloc_intsym = NULL; | |
443 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
444 | extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
445 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, extsym_size, &amt)) | |
446 | { | |
447 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
448 | intsym_buf = NULL; | |
449 | goto out; | |
450 | } | |
451 | pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; | |
452 | if (extsym_buf == NULL) | |
453 | { | |
454 | alloc_ext = bfd_malloc (amt); | |
455 | extsym_buf = alloc_ext; | |
456 | } | |
457 | if (extsym_buf == NULL | |
458 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
459 | || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) | |
460 | { | |
461 | intsym_buf = NULL; | |
462 | goto out; | |
463 | } | |
464 | ||
465 | if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) | |
466 | extshndx_buf = NULL; | |
467 | else | |
468 | { | |
469 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx), &amt)) | |
470 | { | |
471 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
472 | intsym_buf = NULL; | |
473 | goto out; | |
474 | } | |
475 | pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
476 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL) | |
477 | { | |
478 | alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
479 | extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; | |
480 | } | |
481 | if (extshndx_buf == NULL | |
482 | || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
483 | || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) | |
484 | { | |
485 | intsym_buf = NULL; | |
486 | goto out; | |
487 | } | |
488 | } | |
489 | ||
490 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) | |
491 | { | |
492 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym), &amt)) | |
493 | { | |
494 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
495 | goto out; | |
496 | } | |
497 | alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
498 | intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; | |
499 | if (intsym_buf == NULL) | |
500 | goto out; | |
501 | } | |
502 | ||
503 | /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ | |
504 | isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; | |
505 | for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, | |
506 | shndx = extshndx_buf; | |
507 | isym < isymend; | |
508 | esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) | |
509 | if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) | |
510 | { | |
511 | symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; | |
512 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
513 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references" | |
514 | " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), | |
515 | ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); | |
516 | free (alloc_intsym); | |
517 | intsym_buf = NULL; | |
518 | goto out; | |
519 | } | |
520 | ||
521 | out: | |
522 | free (alloc_ext); | |
523 | free (alloc_extshndx); | |
524 | ||
525 | return intsym_buf; | |
526 | } | |
527 | ||
528 | /* Look up a symbol name. */ | |
529 | const char * | |
530 | bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, | |
531 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, | |
532 | Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, | |
533 | asection *sym_sec) | |
534 | { | |
535 | const char *name; | |
536 | unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; | |
537 | unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; | |
538 | ||
539 | if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION | |
540 | /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ | |
541 | && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
542 | { | |
543 | iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; | |
544 | shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; | |
545 | } | |
546 | ||
547 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); | |
548 | if (name == NULL) | |
549 | name = "(null)"; | |
550 | else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') | |
551 | name = bfd_section_name (sym_sec); | |
552 | ||
553 | return name; | |
554 | } | |
555 | ||
556 | /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP | |
557 | sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section | |
558 | pointers. */ | |
559 | ||
560 | typedef union elf_internal_group { | |
561 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; | |
562 | unsigned int flags; | |
563 | } Elf_Internal_Group; | |
564 | ||
565 | /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the | |
566 | signature just a string? */ | |
567 | ||
568 | static const char * | |
569 | group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) | |
570 | { | |
571 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
572 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; | |
573 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; | |
574 | Elf_Internal_Sym isym; | |
575 | ||
576 | /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure | |
577 | that it is a symbol table section. */ | |
578 | if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
579 | return NULL; | |
580 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; | |
581 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
582 | || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) | |
583 | return NULL; | |
584 | ||
585 | /* Go read the symbol. */ | |
586 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
587 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, | |
588 | &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) | |
589 | return NULL; | |
590 | ||
591 | return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); | |
592 | } | |
593 | ||
594 | /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ | |
595 | ||
596 | static bfd_boolean | |
597 | setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) | |
598 | { | |
599 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
600 | ||
601 | /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count | |
602 | is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
603 | if (num_group == 0) | |
604 | { | |
605 | unsigned int i, shnum; | |
606 | ||
607 | /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP | |
608 | section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ | |
609 | shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
610 | num_group = 0; | |
611 | ||
612 | #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \ | |
613 | ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ | |
614 | && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \ | |
615 | && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ | |
616 | && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) | |
617 | ||
618 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
619 | { | |
620 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
621 | ||
622 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) | |
623 | num_group += 1; | |
624 | } | |
625 | ||
626 | if (num_group == 0) | |
627 | { | |
628 | num_group = (unsigned) -1; | |
629 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
630 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL; | |
631 | } | |
632 | else | |
633 | { | |
634 | /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, | |
635 | so we can find them quickly. */ | |
636 | size_t amt; | |
637 | ||
638 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
639 | amt = num_group * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); | |
640 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr | |
641 | = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
642 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) | |
643 | return FALSE; | |
644 | num_group = 0; | |
645 | ||
646 | for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) | |
647 | { | |
648 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
649 | ||
650 | if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) | |
651 | { | |
652 | unsigned char *src; | |
653 | Elf_Internal_Group *dest; | |
654 | ||
655 | /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section | |
656 | attached to it. */ | |
657 | if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) | |
658 | return FALSE; | |
659 | ||
660 | /* Add to list of sections. */ | |
661 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; | |
662 | num_group += 1; | |
663 | ||
664 | /* Read the raw contents. */ | |
665 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest) % 4 == 0); | |
666 | shdr->contents = NULL; | |
667 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr->sh_size, | |
668 | sizeof (*dest) / 4, &amt) | |
669 | || bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
670 | || !(shdr->contents | |
671 | = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd, amt, shdr->sh_size))) | |
672 | { | |
673 | _bfd_error_handler | |
674 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
675 | (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section" | |
676 | " header: %#" PRIx64 ""), | |
677 | abfd, (uint64_t) shdr->sh_size); | |
678 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
679 | -- num_group; | |
680 | continue; | |
681 | } | |
682 | ||
683 | /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an | |
684 | array of elf section indices all in target byte order, | |
685 | to the flag word followed by an array of elf section | |
686 | pointers. */ | |
687 | src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; | |
688 | dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); | |
689 | ||
690 | while (1) | |
691 | { | |
692 | unsigned int idx; | |
693 | ||
694 | src -= 4; | |
695 | --dest; | |
696 | idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); | |
697 | if (src == shdr->contents) | |
698 | { | |
699 | dest->shdr = NULL; | |
700 | dest->flags = idx; | |
701 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) | |
702 | shdr->bfd_section->flags | |
703 | |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
704 | break; | |
705 | } | |
706 | if (idx < shnum) | |
707 | { | |
708 | dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; | |
709 | /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a | |
710 | section group should be marked with | |
711 | SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate | |
712 | broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix | |
713 | them up here. */ | |
714 | dest->shdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
715 | } | |
716 | if (idx >= shnum | |
717 | || dest->shdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
718 | { | |
719 | _bfd_error_handler | |
720 | (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"), | |
721 | abfd, i); | |
722 | dest->shdr = NULL; | |
723 | } | |
724 | } | |
725 | } | |
726 | } | |
727 | ||
728 | /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */ | |
729 | if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group) | |
730 | { | |
731 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; | |
732 | ||
733 | /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */ | |
734 | if (num_group == 0) | |
735 | { | |
736 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL; | |
737 | elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1; | |
738 | _bfd_error_handler | |
739 | (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd); | |
740 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
741 | } | |
742 | } | |
743 | } | |
744 | } | |
745 | ||
746 | if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) | |
747 | { | |
748 | unsigned int search_offset = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset; | |
749 | unsigned int j; | |
750 | ||
751 | for (j = 0; j < num_group; j++) | |
752 | { | |
753 | /* Begin search from previous found group. */ | |
754 | unsigned i = (j + search_offset) % num_group; | |
755 | ||
756 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
757 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx; | |
758 | bfd_size_type n_elt; | |
759 | ||
760 | if (shdr == NULL) | |
761 | continue; | |
762 | ||
763 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
764 | if (idx == NULL || shdr->sh_size < 4) | |
765 | { | |
766 | /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */ | |
767 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
768 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"), | |
769 | abfd, shdr->bfd_section); | |
770 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i] = NULL; | |
771 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
772 | return FALSE; | |
773 | } | |
774 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
775 | ||
776 | /* Look through this group's sections to see if current | |
777 | section is a member. */ | |
778 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
779 | if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) | |
780 | { | |
781 | asection *s = NULL; | |
782 | ||
783 | /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through | |
784 | other members to see if any others are linked via | |
785 | next_in_group. */ | |
786 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
787 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
788 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
789 | if ((++idx)->shdr != NULL | |
790 | && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL | |
791 | && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) | |
792 | break; | |
793 | if (n_elt != 0) | |
794 | { | |
795 | /* Snarf the group name from other member, and | |
796 | insert current section in circular list. */ | |
797 | elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); | |
798 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); | |
799 | elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; | |
800 | } | |
801 | else | |
802 | { | |
803 | const char *gname; | |
804 | ||
805 | gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); | |
806 | if (gname == NULL) | |
807 | return FALSE; | |
808 | elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; | |
809 | ||
810 | /* Start a circular list with one element. */ | |
811 | elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; | |
812 | } | |
813 | ||
814 | /* If the group section has been created, point to the | |
815 | new member. */ | |
816 | if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
817 | elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; | |
818 | ||
819 | elf_tdata (abfd)->group_search_offset = i; | |
820 | j = num_group - 1; | |
821 | break; | |
822 | } | |
823 | } | |
824 | } | |
825 | ||
826 | if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) | |
827 | { | |
828 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
829 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"), | |
830 | abfd, newsect); | |
831 | return FALSE; | |
832 | } | |
833 | return TRUE; | |
834 | } | |
835 | ||
836 | bfd_boolean | |
837 | _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) | |
838 | { | |
839 | unsigned int i; | |
840 | unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; | |
841 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; | |
842 | asection *s; | |
843 | ||
844 | /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ | |
845 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
846 | { | |
847 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; | |
848 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
849 | { | |
850 | unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; | |
851 | /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may | |
852 | not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could | |
853 | get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ | |
854 | if (elfsec == 0) | |
855 | { | |
856 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
857 | bed->link_order_error_handler | |
858 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
859 | (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), | |
860 | abfd, s); | |
861 | } | |
862 | else | |
863 | { | |
864 | asection *linksec = NULL; | |
865 | ||
866 | if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
867 | { | |
868 | this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; | |
869 | linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; | |
870 | } | |
871 | ||
872 | /* PR 1991, 2008: | |
873 | Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in | |
874 | sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ | |
875 | if (linksec == NULL) | |
876 | { | |
877 | _bfd_error_handler | |
878 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
879 | (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"), | |
880 | s->owner, elfsec, s); | |
881 | result = FALSE; | |
882 | } | |
883 | ||
884 | elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; | |
885 | } | |
886 | } | |
887 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP | |
888 | && elf_next_in_group (s) == NULL) | |
889 | { | |
890 | _bfd_error_handler | |
891 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
892 | (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"), | |
893 | abfd, elf_section_data (s)->this_idx); | |
894 | result = FALSE; | |
895 | } | |
896 | } | |
897 | ||
898 | /* Process section groups. */ | |
899 | if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) | |
900 | return result; | |
901 | ||
902 | for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) | |
903 | { | |
904 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; | |
905 | Elf_Internal_Group *idx; | |
906 | unsigned int n_elt; | |
907 | ||
908 | /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */ | |
909 | if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL) | |
910 | { | |
911 | _bfd_error_handler | |
912 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
913 | (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"), | |
914 | abfd, i); | |
915 | result = FALSE; | |
916 | continue; | |
917 | } | |
918 | ||
919 | idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; | |
920 | n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; | |
921 | ||
922 | while (--n_elt != 0) | |
923 | { | |
924 | ++ idx; | |
925 | ||
926 | if (idx->shdr == NULL) | |
927 | continue; | |
928 | else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section) | |
929 | elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; | |
930 | else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA | |
931 | && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL) | |
932 | { | |
933 | /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ | |
934 | _bfd_error_handler | |
935 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
936 | (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"), | |
937 | abfd, | |
938 | idx->shdr->sh_type, | |
939 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, | |
940 | (elf_elfheader (abfd) | |
941 | ->e_shstrndx), | |
942 | idx->shdr->sh_name), | |
943 | shdr->bfd_section); | |
944 | result = FALSE; | |
945 | } | |
946 | } | |
947 | } | |
948 | ||
949 | return result; | |
950 | } | |
951 | ||
952 | bfd_boolean | |
953 | bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) | |
954 | { | |
955 | return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; | |
956 | } | |
957 | ||
958 | const char * | |
959 | bfd_elf_group_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) | |
960 | { | |
961 | if (elf_sec_group (sec) != NULL) | |
962 | return elf_group_name (sec); | |
963 | return NULL; | |
964 | } | |
965 | ||
966 | static char * | |
967 | convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) | |
968 | { | |
969 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); | |
970 | char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); | |
971 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
972 | return NULL; | |
973 | new_name[0] = '.'; | |
974 | new_name[1] = 'z'; | |
975 | memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); | |
976 | return new_name; | |
977 | } | |
978 | ||
979 | static char * | |
980 | convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) | |
981 | { | |
982 | unsigned int len = strlen (name); | |
983 | char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
984 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
985 | return NULL; | |
986 | new_name[0] = '.'; | |
987 | memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); | |
988 | return new_name; | |
989 | } | |
990 | ||
991 | /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */ | |
992 | ||
993 | struct lto_section | |
994 | { | |
995 | int16_t major_version; | |
996 | int16_t minor_version; | |
997 | unsigned char slim_object; | |
998 | ||
999 | /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */ | |
1000 | uint16_t flags; | |
1001 | }; | |
1002 | ||
1003 | /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the | |
1004 | BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ | |
1005 | ||
1006 | bfd_boolean | |
1007 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, | |
1008 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, | |
1009 | const char *name, | |
1010 | int shindex) | |
1011 | { | |
1012 | asection *newsect; | |
1013 | flagword flags; | |
1014 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
1015 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL); | |
1016 | ||
1017 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
1018 | return TRUE; | |
1019 | ||
1020 | newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); | |
1021 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
1022 | return FALSE; | |
1023 | ||
1024 | hdr->bfd_section = newsect; | |
1025 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; | |
1026 | elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; | |
1027 | ||
1028 | /* Always use the real type/flags. */ | |
1029 | elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; | |
1030 | elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; | |
1031 | ||
1032 | newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
1033 | ||
1034 | flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; | |
1035 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
1036 | flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
1037 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
1038 | flags |= SEC_GROUP; | |
1039 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
1040 | { | |
1041 | flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
1042 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
1043 | flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) | |
1046 | flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
1047 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
1048 | flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
1049 | else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
1050 | flags |= SEC_DATA; | |
1051 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) | |
1052 | { | |
1053 | flags |= SEC_MERGE; | |
1054 | newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; | |
1055 | } | |
1056 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) | |
1057 | flags |= SEC_STRINGS; | |
1058 | if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) | |
1059 | if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) | |
1060 | return FALSE; | |
1061 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) | |
1062 | flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; | |
1063 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) | |
1064 | flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
1065 | ||
1066 | switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI]) | |
1067 | { | |
1068 | /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE, | |
1069 | but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header | |
1070 | byte. */ | |
1071 | case ELFOSABI_NONE: | |
1072 | case ELFOSABI_GNU: | |
1073 | case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD: | |
1074 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0) | |
1075 | elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi |= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind; | |
1076 | break; | |
1077 | } | |
1078 | ||
1079 | if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) | |
1080 | { | |
1081 | /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, | |
1082 | not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ | |
1083 | if (name [0] == '.') | |
1084 | { | |
1085 | if (strncmp (name, ".debug", 6) == 0 | |
1086 | || strncmp (name, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", 17) == 0 | |
1087 | || strncmp (name, ".zdebug", 7) == 0) | |
1088 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING | SEC_ELF_OCTETS; | |
1089 | else if (strncmp (name, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME, 21) == 0 | |
1090 | || strncmp (name, ".note.gnu", 9) == 0) | |
1091 | { | |
1092 | flags |= SEC_ELF_OCTETS; | |
1093 | opb = 1; | |
1094 | } | |
1095 | else if (strncmp (name, ".line", 5) == 0 | |
1096 | || strncmp (name, ".stab", 5) == 0 | |
1097 | || strcmp (name, ".gdb_index") == 0) | |
1098 | flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; | |
1099 | } | |
1100 | } | |
1101 | ||
1102 | if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect, hdr->sh_addr / opb) | |
1103 | || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect, hdr->sh_size) | |
1104 | || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect, bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) | |
1105 | return FALSE; | |
1106 | ||
1107 | /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we | |
1108 | only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support | |
1109 | g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. | |
1110 | The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions | |
1111 | are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard | |
1112 | all but one of the sections. */ | |
1113 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") | |
1114 | && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) | |
1115 | flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; | |
1116 | ||
1117 | if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect, flags)) | |
1118 | return FALSE; | |
1119 | ||
1120 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1121 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) | |
1122 | if (!bed->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr)) | |
1123 | return FALSE; | |
1124 | ||
1125 | /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the | |
1126 | separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. | |
1127 | PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ | |
1128 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) | |
1129 | { | |
1130 | bfd_byte *contents; | |
1131 | ||
1132 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) | |
1133 | return FALSE; | |
1134 | ||
1135 | elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, | |
1136 | hdr->sh_offset, hdr->sh_addralign); | |
1137 | free (contents); | |
1138 | } | |
1139 | ||
1140 | if ((newsect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
1141 | { | |
1142 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; | |
1143 | unsigned int i, nload; | |
1144 | ||
1145 | /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header | |
1146 | p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than | |
1147 | one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma | |
1148 | so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ | |
1149 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
1150 | for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
1151 | if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) | |
1152 | break; | |
1153 | else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) | |
1154 | ++nload; | |
1155 | if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) | |
1156 | return TRUE; | |
1157 | ||
1158 | phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
1159 | for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) | |
1160 | { | |
1161 | if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
1162 | && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) | |
1163 | || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) | |
1164 | && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) | |
1165 | { | |
1166 | if ((newsect->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
1167 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr | |
1168 | + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr) / opb; | |
1169 | else | |
1170 | /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD | |
1171 | sections, but that doesn't work if the segment | |
1172 | is packed with code from multiple VMAs. | |
1173 | Instead we calculate the section LMA based on | |
1174 | the segment LMA. It is assumed that the | |
1175 | segment will contain sections with contiguous | |
1176 | LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ | |
1177 | newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr | |
1178 | + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset) / opb; | |
1179 | ||
1180 | /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file | |
1181 | offsets whether a section with zero size should | |
1182 | be placed at the end of one segment or the | |
1183 | beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ | |
1184 | if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr | |
1185 | && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size | |
1186 | <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) | |
1187 | break; | |
1188 | } | |
1189 | } | |
1190 | } | |
1191 | ||
1192 | /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and | |
1193 | .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ | |
1194 | if ((newsect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) | |
1195 | && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') | |
1196 | || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) | |
1197 | { | |
1198 | enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; | |
1199 | int compression_header_size; | |
1200 | bfd_size_type uncompressed_size; | |
1201 | unsigned int uncompressed_align_power; | |
1202 | bfd_boolean compressed | |
1203 | = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect, | |
1204 | &compression_header_size, | |
1205 | &uncompressed_size, | |
1206 | &uncompressed_align_power); | |
1207 | if (compressed) | |
1208 | { | |
1209 | /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ | |
1210 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) | |
1211 | action = decompress; | |
1212 | } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug* | |
1215 | section. Check if we should compress. */ | |
1216 | if (action == nothing) | |
1217 | { | |
1218 | if (newsect->size != 0 | |
1219 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) | |
1220 | && compression_header_size >= 0 | |
1221 | && uncompressed_size > 0 | |
1222 | && (!compressed | |
1223 | || ((compression_header_size > 0) | |
1224 | != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))) | |
1225 | action = compress; | |
1226 | else | |
1227 | return TRUE; | |
1228 | } | |
1229 | ||
1230 | if (action == compress) | |
1231 | { | |
1232 | if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) | |
1233 | { | |
1234 | _bfd_error_handler | |
1235 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
1236 | (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), | |
1237 | abfd, name); | |
1238 | return FALSE; | |
1239 | } | |
1240 | } | |
1241 | else | |
1242 | { | |
1243 | if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) | |
1244 | { | |
1245 | _bfd_error_handler | |
1246 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
1247 | (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), | |
1248 | abfd, name); | |
1249 | return FALSE; | |
1250 | } | |
1251 | } | |
1252 | ||
1253 | if (abfd->is_linker_input) | |
1254 | { | |
1255 | if (name[1] == 'z' | |
1256 | && (action == decompress | |
1257 | || (action == compress | |
1258 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))) | |
1259 | { | |
1260 | /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so | |
1261 | that linker will consider this section as a debug | |
1262 | section. */ | |
1263 | char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); | |
1264 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
1265 | return FALSE; | |
1266 | bfd_rename_section (newsect, new_name); | |
1267 | } | |
1268 | } | |
1269 | else | |
1270 | /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay | |
1271 | section rename to elf_fake_sections. */ | |
1272 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME; | |
1273 | } | |
1274 | ||
1275 | /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information | |
1276 | section. */ | |
1277 | const char *lto_section_name = ".gnu.lto_.lto."; | |
1278 | if (strncmp (name, lto_section_name, strlen (lto_section_name)) == 0) | |
1279 | { | |
1280 | struct lto_section lsection; | |
1281 | if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, newsect, &lsection, 0, | |
1282 | sizeof (struct lto_section))) | |
1283 | abfd->lto_slim_object = lsection.slim_object; | |
1284 | } | |
1285 | ||
1286 | return TRUE; | |
1287 | } | |
1288 | ||
1289 | const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", | |
1292 | "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", | |
1293 | "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", | |
1294 | }; | |
1295 | ||
1296 | /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable | |
1297 | output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing | |
1298 | has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also | |
1299 | be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to | |
1300 | change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will | |
1301 | all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code | |
1302 | into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto | |
1303 | function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing | |
1304 | relocatable output against an external symbol. */ | |
1305 | ||
1306 | bfd_reloc_status_type | |
1307 | bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
1308 | arelent *reloc_entry, | |
1309 | asymbol *symbol, | |
1310 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
1311 | asection *input_section, | |
1312 | bfd *output_bfd, | |
1313 | char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
1314 | { | |
1315 | if (output_bfd != NULL | |
1316 | && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
1317 | && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace | |
1318 | || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) | |
1319 | { | |
1320 | reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; | |
1321 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
1322 | } | |
1323 | ||
1324 | return bfd_reloc_continue; | |
1325 | } | |
1326 | \f | |
1327 | /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B. | |
1328 | Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else | |
1329 | should be the same. */ | |
1330 | ||
1331 | static bfd_boolean | |
1332 | section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr * a, | |
1333 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr * b) | |
1334 | { | |
1335 | if (a->sh_type != b->sh_type | |
1336 | || ((a->sh_flags ^ b->sh_flags) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK) != 0 | |
1337 | || a->sh_addralign != b->sh_addralign | |
1338 | || a->sh_entsize != b->sh_entsize) | |
1339 | return FALSE; | |
1340 | if (a->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
1341 | || a->sh_type == SHT_STRTAB) | |
1342 | return TRUE; | |
1343 | return a->sh_size == b->sh_size; | |
1344 | } | |
1345 | ||
1346 | /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics | |
1347 | as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if | |
1348 | none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely | |
1349 | to be the correct section. */ | |
1350 | ||
1351 | static unsigned int | |
1352 | find_link (const bfd *obfd, const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader, | |
1353 | const unsigned int hint) | |
1354 | { | |
1355 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd); | |
1356 | unsigned int i; | |
1357 | ||
1358 | BFD_ASSERT (iheader != NULL); | |
1359 | ||
1360 | /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */ | |
1361 | if (hint < elf_numsections (obfd) | |
1362 | && oheaders[hint] != NULL | |
1363 | && section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader)) | |
1364 | return hint; | |
1365 | ||
1366 | for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++) | |
1367 | { | |
1368 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i]; | |
1369 | ||
1370 | if (oheader == NULL) | |
1371 | continue; | |
1372 | if (section_match (oheader, iheader)) | |
1373 | /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for | |
1374 | multiple matches ? */ | |
1375 | return i; | |
1376 | } | |
1377 | ||
1378 | return SHN_UNDEF; | |
1379 | } | |
1380 | ||
1381 | /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or | |
1382 | Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section. | |
1383 | Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */ | |
1384 | ||
1385 | static bfd_boolean | |
1386 | copy_special_section_fields (const bfd *ibfd, | |
1387 | bfd *obfd, | |
1388 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr *iheader, | |
1389 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *oheader, | |
1390 | const unsigned int secnum) | |
1391 | { | |
1392 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd); | |
1393 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd); | |
1394 | bfd_boolean changed = FALSE; | |
1395 | unsigned int sh_link; | |
1396 | ||
1397 | if (oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) | |
1398 | { | |
1399 | /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug: | |
1400 | When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve | |
1401 | the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be | |
1402 | matched up with the original. | |
1403 | ||
1404 | Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong. | |
1405 | The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the | |
1406 | relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in | |
1407 | the same location as they were in the input BFD. But | |
1408 | the whole point of this action is to preserve the | |
1409 | original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so | |
1410 | that they can be matched up with the section headers in | |
1411 | the original file. So strictly speaking we may be | |
1412 | creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file | |
1413 | that just contains debug info and only for sections | |
1414 | without any contents. */ | |
1415 | if (oheader->sh_link == 0) | |
1416 | oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link; | |
1417 | if (oheader->sh_info == 0) | |
1418 | oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info; | |
1419 | return TRUE; | |
1420 | } | |
1421 | ||
1422 | /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */ | |
1423 | if (bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, | |
1424 | iheader, oheader)) | |
1425 | return TRUE; | |
1426 | ||
1427 | /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero | |
1428 | sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find | |
1429 | the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section | |
1430 | in the input bfd. */ | |
1431 | if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF) | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */ | |
1434 | if (iheader->sh_link >= elf_numsections (ibfd)) | |
1435 | { | |
1436 | _bfd_error_handler | |
1437 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
1438 | (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"), | |
1439 | ibfd, iheader->sh_link, secnum); | |
1440 | return FALSE; | |
1441 | } | |
1442 | ||
1443 | sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link], iheader->sh_link); | |
1444 | if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF) | |
1445 | { | |
1446 | oheader->sh_link = sh_link; | |
1447 | changed = TRUE; | |
1448 | } | |
1449 | else | |
1450 | /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link | |
1451 | if we could not find a match ? */ | |
1452 | _bfd_error_handler | |
1453 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
1454 | (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd, secnum); | |
1455 | } | |
1456 | ||
1457 | if (iheader->sh_info) | |
1458 | { | |
1459 | /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the | |
1460 | SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a | |
1461 | section index. */ | |
1462 | if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK) | |
1463 | { | |
1464 | sh_link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info], | |
1465 | iheader->sh_info); | |
1466 | if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF) | |
1467 | oheader->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; | |
1468 | } | |
1469 | else | |
1470 | /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */ | |
1471 | sh_link = iheader->sh_info; | |
1472 | ||
1473 | if (sh_link != SHN_UNDEF) | |
1474 | { | |
1475 | oheader->sh_info = sh_link; | |
1476 | changed = TRUE; | |
1477 | } | |
1478 | else | |
1479 | _bfd_error_handler | |
1480 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
1481 | (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd, secnum); | |
1482 | } | |
1483 | ||
1484 | return changed; | |
1485 | } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to | |
1488 | another. */ | |
1489 | ||
1490 | bfd_boolean | |
1491 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
1492 | { | |
1493 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr **iheaders = (const Elf_Internal_Shdr **) elf_elfsections (ibfd); | |
1494 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd); | |
1495 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
1496 | unsigned int i; | |
1497 | ||
1498 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
1499 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
1500 | return TRUE; | |
1501 | ||
1502 | if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) | |
1503 | { | |
1504 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; | |
1505 | elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; | |
1506 | } | |
1507 | ||
1508 | elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); | |
1509 | ||
1510 | /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */ | |
1511 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = | |
1512 | elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI]; | |
1513 | ||
1514 | /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */ | |
1515 | if (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]) | |
1516 | elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] | |
1517 | = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION]; | |
1518 | ||
1519 | /* Copy object attributes. */ | |
1520 | _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); | |
1521 | ||
1522 | if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL) | |
1523 | return TRUE; | |
1524 | ||
1525 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd); | |
1526 | ||
1527 | /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */ | |
1528 | for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++) | |
1529 | { | |
1530 | unsigned int j; | |
1531 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i]; | |
1532 | ||
1533 | /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however | |
1534 | because of a special case need for generating separate debug info | |
1535 | files. See below for more details. */ | |
1536 | if (oheader == NULL | |
1537 | || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS | |
1538 | && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)) | |
1539 | continue; | |
1540 | ||
1541 | /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose | |
1542 | fields have already been initialised. */ | |
1543 | if (oheader->sh_size == 0 | |
1544 | || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0)) | |
1545 | continue; | |
1546 | ||
1547 | /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd. | |
1548 | First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */ | |
1549 | for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++) | |
1550 | { | |
1551 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j]; | |
1552 | ||
1553 | if (iheader == NULL) | |
1554 | continue; | |
1555 | ||
1556 | if (oheader->bfd_section != NULL | |
1557 | && iheader->bfd_section != NULL | |
1558 | && iheader->bfd_section->output_section != NULL | |
1559 | && iheader->bfd_section->output_section == oheader->bfd_section) | |
1560 | { | |
1561 | /* We have found a connection from the input section to the | |
1562 | output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If | |
1563 | this fails then do not try any further sections - there | |
1564 | should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */ | |
1565 | if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i)) | |
1566 | j = elf_numsections (ibfd); | |
1567 | break; | |
1568 | } | |
1569 | } | |
1570 | ||
1571 | if (j < elf_numsections (ibfd)) | |
1572 | continue; | |
1573 | ||
1574 | /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section. | |
1575 | Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table | |
1576 | is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */ | |
1577 | for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++) | |
1578 | { | |
1579 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j]; | |
1580 | ||
1581 | if (iheader == NULL) | |
1582 | continue; | |
1583 | ||
1584 | /* Try matching fields in the input section's header. | |
1585 | Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into | |
1586 | SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any | |
1587 | input type. */ | |
1588 | if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
1589 | || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type) | |
1590 | && (iheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK) | |
1591 | == (oheader->sh_flags & ~ SHF_INFO_LINK) | |
1592 | && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign | |
1593 | && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize | |
1594 | && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size | |
1595 | && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr | |
1596 | && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info | |
1597 | || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link)) | |
1598 | { | |
1599 | if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader, i)) | |
1600 | break; | |
1601 | } | |
1602 | } | |
1603 | ||
1604 | if (j == elf_numsections (ibfd) && oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS) | |
1605 | { | |
1606 | /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function | |
1607 | with a NULL input section. */ | |
1608 | (void) bed->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd, obfd, | |
1609 | NULL, oheader); | |
1610 | } | |
1611 | } | |
1612 | ||
1613 | return TRUE; | |
1614 | } | |
1615 | ||
1616 | static const char * | |
1617 | get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | const char *pt; | |
1620 | switch (p_type) | |
1621 | { | |
1622 | case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; | |
1623 | case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; | |
1624 | case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; | |
1625 | case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; | |
1626 | case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; | |
1627 | case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; | |
1628 | case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; | |
1629 | case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; | |
1630 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; | |
1631 | case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; | |
1632 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; | |
1633 | default: pt = NULL; break; | |
1634 | } | |
1635 | return pt; | |
1636 | } | |
1637 | ||
1638 | /* Print out the program headers. */ | |
1639 | ||
1640 | bfd_boolean | |
1641 | _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) | |
1642 | { | |
1643 | FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; | |
1644 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
1645 | asection *s; | |
1646 | bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; | |
1647 | ||
1648 | p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
1649 | if (p != NULL) | |
1650 | { | |
1651 | unsigned int i, c; | |
1652 | ||
1653 | fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); | |
1654 | c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
1655 | for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) | |
1656 | { | |
1657 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); | |
1658 | char buf[20]; | |
1659 | ||
1660 | if (pt == NULL) | |
1661 | { | |
1662 | sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); | |
1663 | pt = buf; | |
1664 | } | |
1665 | fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); | |
1666 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); | |
1667 | fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); | |
1668 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); | |
1669 | fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); | |
1670 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); | |
1671 | fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); | |
1672 | fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); | |
1673 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); | |
1674 | fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); | |
1675 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); | |
1676 | fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", | |
1677 | (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', | |
1678 | (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', | |
1679 | (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); | |
1680 | if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) | |
1681 | fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); | |
1682 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
1683 | } | |
1684 | } | |
1685 | ||
1686 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
1687 | if (s != NULL) | |
1688 | { | |
1689 | unsigned int elfsec; | |
1690 | unsigned long shlink; | |
1691 | bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; | |
1692 | size_t extdynsize; | |
1693 | void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); | |
1694 | ||
1695 | fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); | |
1696 | ||
1697 | if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) | |
1698 | goto error_return; | |
1699 | ||
1700 | elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); | |
1701 | if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) | |
1702 | goto error_return; | |
1703 | shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; | |
1704 | ||
1705 | extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
1706 | swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; | |
1707 | ||
1708 | extdyn = dynbuf; | |
1709 | /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */ | |
1710 | if (s->size < extdynsize) | |
1711 | goto error_return; | |
1712 | extdynend = extdyn + s->size; | |
1713 | /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664. | |
1714 | Fix range check. */ | |
1715 | for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize) | |
1716 | { | |
1717 | Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; | |
1718 | const char *name = ""; | |
1719 | char ab[20]; | |
1720 | bfd_boolean stringp; | |
1721 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1722 | ||
1723 | (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); | |
1724 | ||
1725 | if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) | |
1726 | break; | |
1727 | ||
1728 | stringp = FALSE; | |
1729 | switch (dyn.d_tag) | |
1730 | { | |
1731 | default: | |
1732 | if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) | |
1733 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); | |
1734 | ||
1735 | if (!strcmp (name, "")) | |
1736 | { | |
1737 | sprintf (ab, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT "x", dyn.d_tag); | |
1738 | name = ab; | |
1739 | } | |
1740 | break; | |
1741 | ||
1742 | case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1743 | case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; | |
1744 | case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; | |
1745 | case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; | |
1746 | case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; | |
1747 | case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; | |
1748 | case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; | |
1749 | case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; | |
1750 | case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; | |
1751 | case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; | |
1752 | case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; | |
1753 | case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; | |
1754 | case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; | |
1755 | case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1756 | case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1757 | case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; | |
1758 | case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; | |
1759 | case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; | |
1760 | case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; | |
1761 | case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; | |
1762 | case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; | |
1763 | case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; | |
1764 | case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; | |
1765 | case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; | |
1766 | case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
1767 | case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; | |
1768 | case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
1769 | case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
1770 | case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1771 | case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; | |
1772 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; | |
1773 | case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; | |
1774 | case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; | |
1775 | case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; | |
1776 | case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; | |
1777 | case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; | |
1778 | case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; | |
1779 | case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; | |
1780 | case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; | |
1781 | case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; | |
1782 | case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1783 | case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1784 | case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1785 | case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; | |
1786 | case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; | |
1787 | case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; | |
1788 | case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; | |
1789 | case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; | |
1790 | case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; | |
1791 | case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; | |
1792 | case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; | |
1793 | case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; | |
1794 | case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; | |
1795 | case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; | |
1796 | case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1797 | case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; | |
1798 | case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; | |
1799 | case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; | |
1800 | } | |
1801 | ||
1802 | fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); | |
1803 | if (! stringp) | |
1804 | { | |
1805 | fprintf (f, "0x"); | |
1806 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); | |
1807 | } | |
1808 | else | |
1809 | { | |
1810 | const char *string; | |
1811 | unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; | |
1812 | ||
1813 | string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); | |
1814 | if (string == NULL) | |
1815 | goto error_return; | |
1816 | fprintf (f, "%s", string); | |
1817 | } | |
1818 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
1819 | } | |
1820 | ||
1821 | free (dynbuf); | |
1822 | dynbuf = NULL; | |
1823 | } | |
1824 | ||
1825 | if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
1826 | || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) | |
1827 | { | |
1828 | if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) | |
1829 | return FALSE; | |
1830 | } | |
1831 | ||
1832 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
1833 | { | |
1834 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; | |
1835 | ||
1836 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); | |
1837 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) | |
1838 | { | |
1839 | fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, | |
1840 | t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, | |
1841 | t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
1842 | if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) | |
1843 | { | |
1844 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; | |
1845 | ||
1846 | fprintf (f, "\t"); | |
1847 | for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; | |
1848 | a != NULL; | |
1849 | a = a->vda_nextptr) | |
1850 | fprintf (f, "%s ", | |
1851 | a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
1852 | fprintf (f, "\n"); | |
1853 | } | |
1854 | } | |
1855 | } | |
1856 | ||
1857 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
1858 | { | |
1859 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
1860 | ||
1861 | fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); | |
1862 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) | |
1863 | { | |
1864 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
1865 | ||
1866 | fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), | |
1867 | t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>"); | |
1868 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
1869 | fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, | |
1870 | a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, | |
1871 | a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>"); | |
1872 | } | |
1873 | } | |
1874 | ||
1875 | return TRUE; | |
1876 | ||
1877 | error_return: | |
1878 | free (dynbuf); | |
1879 | return FALSE; | |
1880 | } | |
1881 | ||
1882 | /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE | |
1883 | and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */ | |
1884 | ||
1885 | const char * | |
1886 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, | |
1887 | bfd_boolean base_p, | |
1888 | bfd_boolean *hidden) | |
1889 | { | |
1890 | const char *version_string = NULL; | |
1891 | if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0 | |
1892 | && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)) | |
1893 | { | |
1894 | unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version; | |
1895 | ||
1896 | *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0; | |
1897 | vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION; | |
1898 | ||
1899 | if (vernum == 0) | |
1900 | version_string = ""; | |
1901 | else if (vernum == 1 | |
1902 | && (vernum > elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs | |
1903 | || (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[0].vd_flags | |
1904 | == VER_FLG_BASE))) | |
1905 | version_string = base_p ? "Base" : ""; | |
1906 | else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) | |
1907 | { | |
1908 | const char *nodename | |
1909 | = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; | |
1910 | version_string = ""; | |
1911 | if (base_p | |
1912 | || nodename == NULL | |
1913 | || symbol->name == NULL | |
1914 | || strcmp (symbol->name, nodename) != 0) | |
1915 | version_string = nodename; | |
1916 | } | |
1917 | else | |
1918 | { | |
1919 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; | |
1920 | ||
1921 | version_string = _("<corrupt>"); | |
1922 | for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
1923 | t != NULL; | |
1924 | t = t->vn_nextref) | |
1925 | { | |
1926 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; | |
1927 | ||
1928 | for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) | |
1929 | { | |
1930 | if (a->vna_other == vernum) | |
1931 | { | |
1932 | version_string = a->vna_nodename; | |
1933 | break; | |
1934 | } | |
1935 | } | |
1936 | } | |
1937 | } | |
1938 | } | |
1939 | return version_string; | |
1940 | } | |
1941 | ||
1942 | /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ | |
1943 | ||
1944 | void | |
1945 | bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, | |
1946 | void *filep, | |
1947 | asymbol *symbol, | |
1948 | bfd_print_symbol_type how) | |
1949 | { | |
1950 | FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; | |
1951 | switch (how) | |
1952 | { | |
1953 | case bfd_print_symbol_name: | |
1954 | fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); | |
1955 | break; | |
1956 | case bfd_print_symbol_more: | |
1957 | fprintf (file, "elf "); | |
1958 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); | |
1959 | fprintf (file, " %x", symbol->flags); | |
1960 | break; | |
1961 | case bfd_print_symbol_all: | |
1962 | { | |
1963 | const char *section_name; | |
1964 | const char *name = NULL; | |
1965 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
1966 | unsigned char st_other; | |
1967 | bfd_vma val; | |
1968 | const char *version_string; | |
1969 | bfd_boolean hidden; | |
1970 | ||
1971 | section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; | |
1972 | ||
1973 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
1974 | if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) | |
1975 | name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); | |
1976 | ||
1977 | if (name == NULL) | |
1978 | { | |
1979 | name = symbol->name; | |
1980 | bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); | |
1981 | } | |
1982 | ||
1983 | fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); | |
1984 | /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, | |
1985 | we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. | |
1986 | For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and | |
1987 | we've printed the address; now print the size. */ | |
1988 | if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) | |
1989 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
1990 | else | |
1991 | val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; | |
1992 | bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); | |
1993 | ||
1994 | /* If we have version information, print it. */ | |
1995 | version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd, | |
1996 | symbol, | |
1997 | TRUE, | |
1998 | &hidden); | |
1999 | if (version_string) | |
2000 | { | |
2001 | if (!hidden) | |
2002 | fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); | |
2003 | else | |
2004 | { | |
2005 | int i; | |
2006 | ||
2007 | fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); | |
2008 | for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) | |
2009 | putc (' ', file); | |
2010 | } | |
2011 | } | |
2012 | ||
2013 | /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ | |
2014 | st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
2015 | ||
2016 | switch (st_other) | |
2017 | { | |
2018 | case 0: break; | |
2019 | case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; | |
2020 | case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; | |
2021 | case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; | |
2022 | default: | |
2023 | /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print | |
2024 | everything hex. */ | |
2025 | fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); | |
2026 | } | |
2027 | ||
2028 | fprintf (file, " %s", name); | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | break; | |
2031 | } | |
2032 | } | |
2033 | \f | |
2034 | /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ | |
2035 | ||
2036 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ | |
2037 | ||
2038 | bfd_boolean | |
2039 | bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) | |
2040 | { | |
2041 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
2042 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; | |
2043 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
2044 | const char *name; | |
2045 | bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; | |
2046 | static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL; | |
2047 | static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL; | |
2048 | static unsigned int nesting = 0; | |
2049 | ||
2050 | if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
2051 | return FALSE; | |
2052 | ||
2053 | if (++ nesting > 3) | |
2054 | { | |
2055 | /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of | |
2056 | sections, with each the string indices pointing to the next in the | |
2057 | loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are | |
2058 | already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if | |
2059 | we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries | |
2060 | can expect to recurse at least once. | |
2061 | ||
2062 | FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd, | |
2063 | rather than being held in a static pointer. */ | |
2064 | ||
2065 | if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd) | |
2066 | sections_being_created = NULL; | |
2067 | if (sections_being_created == NULL) | |
2068 | { | |
2069 | size_t amt = elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean); | |
2070 | ||
2071 | /* PR 26005: Do not use bfd_zalloc here as the memory might | |
2072 | be released before the bfd has been fully scanned. */ | |
2073 | sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
2074 | if (sections_being_created == NULL) | |
2075 | return FALSE; | |
2076 | memset (sections_being_created, FALSE, amt); | |
2077 | sections_being_created_abfd = abfd; | |
2078 | } | |
2079 | if (sections_being_created [shindex]) | |
2080 | { | |
2081 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2082 | (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd); | |
2083 | return FALSE; | |
2084 | } | |
2085 | sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE; | |
2086 | } | |
2087 | ||
2088 | hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; | |
2089 | ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
2090 | name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, | |
2091 | hdr->sh_name); | |
2092 | if (name == NULL) | |
2093 | goto fail; | |
2094 | ||
2095 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2096 | switch (hdr->sh_type) | |
2097 | { | |
2098 | case SHT_NULL: | |
2099 | /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ | |
2100 | goto success; | |
2101 | ||
2102 | case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ | |
2103 | case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ | |
2104 | case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ | |
2105 | case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ | |
2106 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ | |
2107 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ | |
2108 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ | |
2109 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ | |
2110 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ | |
2111 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2112 | goto success; | |
2113 | ||
2114 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ | |
2115 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
2116 | goto fail; | |
2117 | ||
2118 | if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
2119 | { | |
2120 | /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link | |
2121 | field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ | |
2122 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
2123 | { | |
2124 | case bfd_arch_i386: | |
2125 | case bfd_arch_sparc: | |
2126 | if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ | |
2127 | || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) | |
2128 | break; | |
2129 | /* Otherwise fall through. */ | |
2130 | default: | |
2131 | goto fail; | |
2132 | } | |
2133 | } | |
2134 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) | |
2135 | goto fail; | |
2136 | else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) | |
2137 | { | |
2138 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; | |
2139 | ||
2140 | /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus | |
2141 | sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the | |
2142 | string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ | |
2143 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) | |
2144 | { | |
2145 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; | |
2146 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; | |
2147 | } | |
2148 | else | |
2149 | { | |
2150 | unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
2151 | ||
2152 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
2153 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
2154 | { | |
2155 | dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
2156 | if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
2157 | { | |
2158 | hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; | |
2159 | break; | |
2160 | } | |
2161 | } | |
2162 | } | |
2163 | } | |
2164 | goto success; | |
2165 | ||
2166 | case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */ | |
2167 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
2168 | goto success; | |
2169 | ||
2170 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) | |
2171 | goto fail; | |
2172 | ||
2173 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
2176 | goto fail; | |
2177 | /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a | |
2178 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count | |
2179 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ | |
2180 | hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
2181 | goto success; | |
2182 | } | |
2183 | ||
2184 | /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table. | |
2185 | Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ | |
2186 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0) | |
2187 | { | |
2188 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2189 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2190 | (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected" | |
2191 | " - ignoring the table in section %u"), | |
2192 | abfd, shindex); | |
2193 | goto success; | |
2194 | } | |
2195 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
2196 | elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr; | |
2197 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | |
2198 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
2199 | ||
2200 | /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If | |
2201 | SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also | |
2202 | treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the | |
2203 | decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes | |
2204 | set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the | |
2205 | linker. */ | |
2206 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
2207 | && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 | |
2208 | && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
2209 | shindex)) | |
2210 | goto fail; | |
2211 | ||
2212 | /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we | |
2213 | can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It | |
2214 | is most likely specified by the next section header. */ | |
2215 | { | |
2216 | elf_section_list * entry; | |
2217 | unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
2218 | ||
2219 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) | |
2220 | if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex) | |
2221 | goto success; | |
2222 | ||
2223 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
2224 | for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
2225 | { | |
2226 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
2227 | ||
2228 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX | |
2229 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
2230 | break; | |
2231 | } | |
2232 | ||
2233 | if (i == num_sec) | |
2234 | for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) | |
2235 | { | |
2236 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
2237 | ||
2238 | if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX | |
2239 | && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
2240 | break; | |
2241 | } | |
2242 | ||
2243 | if (i != shindex) | |
2244 | ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); | |
2245 | /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */ | |
2246 | goto success; | |
2247 | } | |
2248 | ||
2249 | case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */ | |
2250 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) | |
2251 | goto success; | |
2252 | ||
2253 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) | |
2254 | goto fail; | |
2255 | ||
2256 | if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) | |
2257 | { | |
2258 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
2259 | goto fail; | |
2260 | ||
2261 | /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a | |
2262 | zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count | |
2263 | of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ | |
2264 | hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
2265 | goto success; | |
2266 | } | |
2267 | ||
2268 | /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table. | |
2269 | Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ | |
2270 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) | |
2271 | { | |
2272 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2273 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2274 | (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected" | |
2275 | " - ignoring the table in section %u"), | |
2276 | abfd, shindex); | |
2277 | goto success; | |
2278 | } | |
2279 | elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; | |
2280 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
2281 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
2282 | abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; | |
2283 | ||
2284 | /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular | |
2285 | section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ | |
2286 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2287 | goto success; | |
2288 | ||
2289 | case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */ | |
2290 | { | |
2291 | elf_section_list * entry; | |
2292 | ||
2293 | for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) | |
2294 | if (entry->ndx == shindex) | |
2295 | goto success; | |
2296 | ||
2297 | entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); | |
2298 | if (entry == NULL) | |
2299 | goto fail; | |
2300 | entry->ndx = shindex; | |
2301 | entry->hdr = * hdr; | |
2302 | entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); | |
2303 | elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; | |
2304 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr; | |
2305 | goto success; | |
2306 | } | |
2307 | ||
2308 | case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */ | |
2309 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) | |
2310 | goto success; | |
2311 | ||
2312 | if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) | |
2313 | { | |
2314 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
2315 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
2316 | goto success; | |
2317 | } | |
2318 | ||
2319 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) | |
2320 | { | |
2321 | symtab_strtab: | |
2322 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
2323 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
2324 | goto success; | |
2325 | } | |
2326 | ||
2327 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) | |
2328 | { | |
2329 | dynsymtab_strtab: | |
2330 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; | |
2331 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; | |
2332 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; | |
2333 | /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy | |
2334 | can handle it. */ | |
2335 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
2336 | shindex); | |
2337 | goto success; | |
2338 | } | |
2339 | ||
2340 | /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a | |
2341 | regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, | |
2342 | just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ | |
2343 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
2344 | { | |
2345 | unsigned int i, num_sec; | |
2346 | ||
2347 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
2348 | for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) | |
2349 | { | |
2350 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; | |
2351 | if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) | |
2352 | { | |
2353 | /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ | |
2354 | if (i == shindex) | |
2355 | goto fail; | |
2356 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) | |
2357 | goto fail; | |
2358 | if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) | |
2359 | goto symtab_strtab; | |
2360 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) | |
2361 | goto dynsymtab_strtab; | |
2362 | } | |
2363 | } | |
2364 | } | |
2365 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2366 | goto success; | |
2367 | ||
2368 | case SHT_REL: | |
2369 | case SHT_RELA: | |
2370 | /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ | |
2371 | { | |
2372 | asection *target_sect; | |
2373 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; | |
2374 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
2375 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; | |
2376 | ||
2377 | if (hdr->sh_entsize | |
2378 | != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
2379 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) | |
2380 | goto fail; | |
2381 | ||
2382 | /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ | |
2383 | if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) | |
2384 | { | |
2385 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2386 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2387 | (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"), | |
2388 | abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex); | |
2389 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
2390 | shindex); | |
2391 | goto success; | |
2392 | } | |
2393 | ||
2394 | /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes | |
2395 | libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have | |
2396 | bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just | |
2397 | reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use | |
2398 | them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only | |
2399 | one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point | |
2400 | to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. | |
2401 | ||
2402 | Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ | |
2403 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 | |
2404 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB | |
2405 | && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) | |
2406 | { | |
2407 | unsigned int scan; | |
2408 | int found; | |
2409 | ||
2410 | found = 0; | |
2411 | for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) | |
2412 | { | |
2413 | if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
2414 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
2415 | { | |
2416 | if (found != 0) | |
2417 | { | |
2418 | found = 0; | |
2419 | break; | |
2420 | } | |
2421 | found = scan; | |
2422 | } | |
2423 | } | |
2424 | if (found != 0) | |
2425 | hdr->sh_link = found; | |
2426 | } | |
2427 | ||
2428 | /* Get the symbol table. */ | |
2429 | if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
2430 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) | |
2431 | && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) | |
2432 | goto fail; | |
2433 | ||
2434 | /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared | |
2435 | library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol | |
2436 | table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't | |
2437 | adequately represent such a section, so at least for now, | |
2438 | we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We | |
2439 | also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the | |
2440 | null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or | |
2441 | its sh_link points to the null section. */ | |
2442 | if (((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) != 0 | |
2443 | && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2444 | || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF | |
2445 | || hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) | |
2446 | || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF | |
2447 | || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec | |
2448 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
2449 | || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
2450 | { | |
2451 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
2452 | shindex); | |
2453 | goto success; | |
2454 | } | |
2455 | ||
2456 | if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) | |
2457 | goto fail; | |
2458 | ||
2459 | target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); | |
2460 | if (target_sect == NULL) | |
2461 | goto fail; | |
2462 | ||
2463 | esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); | |
2464 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
2465 | p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; | |
2466 | else | |
2467 | p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; | |
2468 | ||
2469 | /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. | |
2470 | Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc | |
2471 | sections. */ | |
2472 | if (*p_hdr != NULL) | |
2473 | { | |
2474 | if (!bed->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2477 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2478 | (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' " | |
2479 | "for section %pA found - ignoring"), | |
2480 | abfd, name, target_sect); | |
2481 | } | |
2482 | goto success; | |
2483 | } | |
2484 | ||
2485 | hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*hdr2)); | |
2486 | if (hdr2 == NULL) | |
2487 | goto fail; | |
2488 | *hdr2 = *hdr; | |
2489 | *p_hdr = hdr2; | |
2490 | elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; | |
2491 | target_sect->reloc_count += (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr) | |
2492 | * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel); | |
2493 | target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; | |
2494 | target_sect->relocation = NULL; | |
2495 | target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; | |
2496 | /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether | |
2497 | its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ | |
2498 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
2499 | { | |
2500 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
2501 | target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; | |
2502 | } | |
2503 | abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; | |
2504 | goto success; | |
2505 | } | |
2506 | ||
2507 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
2508 | elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; | |
2509 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; | |
2510 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2511 | goto success; | |
2512 | ||
2513 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
2514 | if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) | |
2515 | goto fail; | |
2516 | ||
2517 | elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; | |
2518 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; | |
2519 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2520 | goto success; | |
2521 | ||
2522 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
2523 | elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; | |
2524 | elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; | |
2525 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2526 | goto success; | |
2527 | ||
2528 | case SHT_SHLIB: | |
2529 | goto success; | |
2530 | ||
2531 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
2532 | if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) | |
2533 | goto fail; | |
2534 | ||
2535 | if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
2536 | goto fail; | |
2537 | ||
2538 | goto success; | |
2539 | ||
2540 | default: | |
2541 | /* Possibly an attributes section. */ | |
2542 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES | |
2543 | || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) | |
2544 | { | |
2545 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
2546 | goto fail; | |
2547 | _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); | |
2548 | goto success; | |
2549 | } | |
2550 | ||
2551 | /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ | |
2552 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) | |
2553 | goto success; | |
2554 | ||
2555 | if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) | |
2556 | { | |
2557 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
2558 | /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved | |
2559 | for applications? */ | |
2560 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2561 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2562 | (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"), | |
2563 | abfd, hdr->sh_type, name); | |
2564 | else | |
2565 | { | |
2566 | /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ | |
2567 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, | |
2568 | shindex); | |
2569 | goto success; | |
2570 | } | |
2571 | } | |
2572 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC | |
2573 | && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) | |
2574 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ | |
2575 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2576 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2577 | (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"), | |
2578 | abfd, hdr->sh_type, name); | |
2579 | else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) | |
2580 | { | |
2581 | /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ | |
2582 | if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) | |
2583 | /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is | |
2584 | required to correctly process the section and the file should | |
2585 | be rejected with an error message. */ | |
2586 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2587 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2588 | (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"), | |
2589 | abfd, hdr->sh_type, name); | |
2590 | else | |
2591 | { | |
2592 | /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ | |
2593 | ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
2594 | goto success; | |
2595 | } | |
2596 | } | |
2597 | else | |
2598 | /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ | |
2599 | _bfd_error_handler | |
2600 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
2601 | (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"), | |
2602 | abfd, hdr->sh_type, name); | |
2603 | ||
2604 | goto fail; | |
2605 | } | |
2606 | ||
2607 | fail: | |
2608 | ret = FALSE; | |
2609 | success: | |
2610 | if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd) | |
2611 | sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE; | |
2612 | if (-- nesting == 0) | |
2613 | { | |
2614 | free (sections_being_created); | |
2615 | sections_being_created = NULL; | |
2616 | sections_being_created_abfd = NULL; | |
2617 | } | |
2618 | return ret; | |
2619 | } | |
2620 | ||
2621 | /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ | |
2622 | ||
2623 | Elf_Internal_Sym * | |
2624 | bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, | |
2625 | bfd *abfd, | |
2626 | unsigned long r_symndx) | |
2627 | { | |
2628 | unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; | |
2629 | ||
2630 | if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) | |
2631 | { | |
2632 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
2633 | unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; | |
2634 | Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; | |
2635 | ||
2636 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
2637 | if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, | |
2638 | &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) | |
2639 | return NULL; | |
2640 | ||
2641 | if (cache->abfd != abfd) | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); | |
2644 | cache->abfd = abfd; | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; | |
2647 | } | |
2648 | ||
2649 | return &cache->sym[ent]; | |
2650 | } | |
2651 | ||
2652 | /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD | |
2653 | section. */ | |
2654 | ||
2655 | asection * | |
2656 | bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) | |
2657 | { | |
2658 | if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) | |
2659 | return NULL; | |
2660 | return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; | |
2661 | } | |
2662 | ||
2663 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = | |
2664 | { | |
2665 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2666 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2667 | }; | |
2668 | ||
2669 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = | |
2670 | { | |
2671 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2672 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2673 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2674 | }; | |
2675 | ||
2676 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = | |
2677 | { | |
2678 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2679 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2680 | /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here | |
2681 | unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section | |
2682 | attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */ | |
2683 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2684 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2685 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2686 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2687 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2688 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2689 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2690 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2691 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2692 | }; | |
2693 | ||
2694 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = | |
2695 | { | |
2696 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
2697 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2698 | { NULL, 0 , 0, 0, 0 } | |
2699 | }; | |
2700 | ||
2701 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = | |
2702 | { | |
2703 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2704 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, | |
2705 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2706 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, | |
2707 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, | |
2708 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, | |
2709 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2710 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2711 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2712 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2713 | }; | |
2714 | ||
2715 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = | |
2716 | { | |
2717 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2718 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2719 | }; | |
2720 | ||
2721 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = | |
2722 | { | |
2723 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
2724 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2725 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2726 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2727 | }; | |
2728 | ||
2729 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = | |
2730 | { | |
2731 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2732 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2733 | }; | |
2734 | ||
2735 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = | |
2736 | { | |
2737 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2738 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, | |
2739 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2740 | }; | |
2741 | ||
2742 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = | |
2743 | { | |
2744 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, | |
2745 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
2746 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2747 | }; | |
2748 | ||
2749 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = | |
2750 | { | |
2751 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2752 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, | |
2753 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, | |
2754 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, | |
2755 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2756 | }; | |
2757 | ||
2758 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = | |
2759 | { | |
2760 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
2761 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
2762 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, | |
2763 | /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of | |
2764 | this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ | |
2765 | { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, | |
2766 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2767 | }; | |
2768 | ||
2769 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = | |
2770 | { | |
2771 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, | |
2772 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, | |
2773 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, | |
2774 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2775 | }; | |
2776 | ||
2777 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = | |
2778 | { | |
2779 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2780 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2781 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2782 | { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, | |
2783 | { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } | |
2784 | }; | |
2785 | ||
2786 | static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = | |
2787 | { | |
2788 | special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ | |
2789 | special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ | |
2790 | special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ | |
2791 | NULL, /* 'e' */ | |
2792 | special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ | |
2793 | special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ | |
2794 | special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ | |
2795 | special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ | |
2796 | NULL, /* 'j' */ | |
2797 | NULL, /* 'k' */ | |
2798 | special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ | |
2799 | NULL, /* 'm' */ | |
2800 | special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ | |
2801 | NULL, /* 'o' */ | |
2802 | special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ | |
2803 | NULL, /* 'q' */ | |
2804 | special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ | |
2805 | special_sections_s, /* 's' */ | |
2806 | special_sections_t, /* 't' */ | |
2807 | NULL, /* 'u' */ | |
2808 | NULL, /* 'v' */ | |
2809 | NULL, /* 'w' */ | |
2810 | NULL, /* 'x' */ | |
2811 | NULL, /* 'y' */ | |
2812 | special_sections_z /* 'z' */ | |
2813 | }; | |
2814 | ||
2815 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * | |
2816 | _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, | |
2817 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, | |
2818 | unsigned int rela) | |
2819 | { | |
2820 | int i; | |
2821 | int len; | |
2822 | ||
2823 | len = strlen (name); | |
2824 | ||
2825 | for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) | |
2826 | { | |
2827 | int suffix_len; | |
2828 | int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; | |
2829 | ||
2830 | if (len < prefix_len) | |
2831 | continue; | |
2832 | if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) | |
2833 | continue; | |
2834 | ||
2835 | suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; | |
2836 | if (suffix_len <= 0) | |
2837 | { | |
2838 | if (name[prefix_len] != 0) | |
2839 | { | |
2840 | if (suffix_len == 0) | |
2841 | continue; | |
2842 | if (name[prefix_len] != '.' | |
2843 | && (suffix_len == -2 | |
2844 | || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) | |
2845 | continue; | |
2846 | } | |
2847 | } | |
2848 | else | |
2849 | { | |
2850 | if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) | |
2851 | continue; | |
2852 | if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, | |
2853 | spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, | |
2854 | suffix_len) != 0) | |
2855 | continue; | |
2856 | } | |
2857 | return &spec[i]; | |
2858 | } | |
2859 | ||
2860 | return NULL; | |
2861 | } | |
2862 | ||
2863 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section * | |
2864 | _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) | |
2865 | { | |
2866 | int i; | |
2867 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; | |
2868 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
2869 | ||
2870 | /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ | |
2871 | if (sec->name == NULL) | |
2872 | return NULL; | |
2873 | ||
2874 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2875 | spec = bed->special_sections; | |
2876 | if (spec) | |
2877 | { | |
2878 | spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, | |
2879 | bed->special_sections, | |
2880 | sec->use_rela_p); | |
2881 | if (spec != NULL) | |
2882 | return spec; | |
2883 | } | |
2884 | ||
2885 | if (sec->name[0] != '.') | |
2886 | return NULL; | |
2887 | ||
2888 | i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; | |
2889 | if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') | |
2890 | return NULL; | |
2891 | ||
2892 | spec = special_sections[i]; | |
2893 | ||
2894 | if (spec == NULL) | |
2895 | return NULL; | |
2896 | ||
2897 | return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); | |
2898 | } | |
2899 | ||
2900 | bfd_boolean | |
2901 | _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) | |
2902 | { | |
2903 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; | |
2904 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
2905 | const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; | |
2906 | ||
2907 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; | |
2908 | if (sdata == NULL) | |
2909 | { | |
2910 | sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, | |
2911 | sizeof (*sdata)); | |
2912 | if (sdata == NULL) | |
2913 | return FALSE; | |
2914 | sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; | |
2915 | } | |
2916 | ||
2917 | /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ | |
2918 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
2919 | sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; | |
2920 | ||
2921 | /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if | |
2922 | there is an ABI mandated section. */ | |
2923 | ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); | |
2924 | if (ssect != NULL) | |
2925 | { | |
2926 | elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; | |
2927 | elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; | |
2928 | } | |
2929 | ||
2930 | return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); | |
2931 | } | |
2932 | ||
2933 | /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. | |
2934 | ||
2935 | Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name | |
2936 | of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the | |
2937 | program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we | |
2938 | generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b. | |
2939 | ||
2940 | Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than | |
2941 | (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the | |
2942 | system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, | |
2943 | but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the | |
2944 | file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting | |
2945 | of combined data+bss. | |
2946 | ||
2947 | To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections | |
2948 | for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by | |
2949 | the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified | |
2950 | by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split | |
2951 | into its initialized and uninitialized parts. | |
2952 | ||
2953 | */ | |
2954 | ||
2955 | bfd_boolean | |
2956 | _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, | |
2957 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, | |
2958 | int hdr_index, | |
2959 | const char *type_name) | |
2960 | { | |
2961 | asection *newsect; | |
2962 | char *name; | |
2963 | char namebuf[64]; | |
2964 | size_t len; | |
2965 | int split; | |
2966 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL); | |
2967 | ||
2968 | split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) | |
2969 | && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
2970 | && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); | |
2971 | ||
2972 | if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) | |
2973 | { | |
2974 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); | |
2975 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; | |
2976 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
2977 | if (!name) | |
2978 | return FALSE; | |
2979 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); | |
2980 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
2981 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
2982 | return FALSE; | |
2983 | newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr / opb; | |
2984 | newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr / opb; | |
2985 | newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; | |
2986 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; | |
2987 | newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; | |
2988 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); | |
2989 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
2990 | { | |
2991 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
2992 | newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; | |
2993 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
2994 | { | |
2995 | /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, | |
2996 | may be data. */ | |
2997 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
2998 | } | |
2999 | } | |
3000 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
3001 | { | |
3002 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
3003 | } | |
3004 | } | |
3005 | ||
3006 | if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) | |
3007 | { | |
3008 | bfd_vma align; | |
3009 | ||
3010 | sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); | |
3011 | len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; | |
3012 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
3013 | if (!name) | |
3014 | return FALSE; | |
3015 | memcpy (name, namebuf, len); | |
3016 | newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); | |
3017 | if (newsect == NULL) | |
3018 | return FALSE; | |
3019 | newsect->vma = (hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz) / opb; | |
3020 | newsect->lma = (hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz) / opb; | |
3021 | newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; | |
3022 | newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; | |
3023 | align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; | |
3024 | if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) | |
3025 | align = hdr->p_align; | |
3026 | newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); | |
3027 | if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
3028 | { | |
3029 | newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; | |
3030 | if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) | |
3031 | newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; | |
3032 | } | |
3033 | if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) | |
3034 | newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; | |
3035 | } | |
3036 | ||
3037 | return TRUE; | |
3038 | } | |
3039 | ||
3040 | static bfd_boolean | |
3041 | _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd *templ, bfd_vma offset) | |
3042 | { | |
3043 | /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */ | |
3044 | if (templ->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
3045 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id) | |
3046 | (templ, offset); | |
3047 | return FALSE; | |
3048 | } | |
3049 | ||
3050 | bfd_boolean | |
3051 | bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) | |
3052 | { | |
3053 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
3054 | ||
3055 | switch (hdr->p_type) | |
3056 | { | |
3057 | case PT_NULL: | |
3058 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); | |
3059 | ||
3060 | case PT_LOAD: | |
3061 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load")) | |
3062 | return FALSE; | |
3063 | if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core && abfd->build_id == NULL) | |
3064 | _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd, hdr->p_offset); | |
3065 | return TRUE; | |
3066 | ||
3067 | case PT_DYNAMIC: | |
3068 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); | |
3069 | ||
3070 | case PT_INTERP: | |
3071 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); | |
3072 | ||
3073 | case PT_NOTE: | |
3074 | if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) | |
3075 | return FALSE; | |
3076 | if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz, | |
3077 | hdr->p_align)) | |
3078 | return FALSE; | |
3079 | return TRUE; | |
3080 | ||
3081 | case PT_SHLIB: | |
3082 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); | |
3083 | ||
3084 | case PT_PHDR: | |
3085 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); | |
3086 | ||
3087 | case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: | |
3088 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, | |
3089 | "eh_frame_hdr"); | |
3090 | ||
3091 | case PT_GNU_STACK: | |
3092 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); | |
3093 | ||
3094 | case PT_GNU_RELRO: | |
3095 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); | |
3096 | ||
3097 | default: | |
3098 | /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ | |
3099 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3100 | return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); | |
3101 | } | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | ||
3104 | /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either | |
3105 | REL or RELA. */ | |
3106 | ||
3107 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * | |
3108 | _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) | |
3109 | { | |
3110 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) | |
3111 | { | |
3112 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); | |
3113 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | else | |
3116 | return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; | |
3117 | } | |
3118 | ||
3119 | static bfd_boolean | |
3120 | _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd, | |
3121 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, | |
3122 | const char *sec_name, | |
3123 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p) | |
3124 | { | |
3125 | char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, | |
3126 | sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name)); | |
3127 | if (name == NULL) | |
3128 | return FALSE; | |
3129 | ||
3130 | sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name); | |
3131 | rel_hdr->sh_name = | |
3132 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, | |
3133 | FALSE); | |
3134 | if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
3135 | return FALSE; | |
3136 | ||
3137 | return TRUE; | |
3138 | } | |
3139 | ||
3140 | /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, | |
3141 | containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If | |
3142 | USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL | |
3143 | relocations. */ | |
3144 | ||
3145 | static bfd_boolean | |
3146 | _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, | |
3147 | struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, | |
3148 | const char *sec_name, | |
3149 | bfd_boolean use_rela_p, | |
3150 | bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p) | |
3151 | { | |
3152 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; | |
3153 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3154 | ||
3155 | BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); | |
3156 | rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*rel_hdr)); | |
3157 | reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; | |
3158 | ||
3159 | if (delay_st_name_p) | |
3160 | rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; | |
3161 | else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name, | |
3162 | use_rela_p)) | |
3163 | return FALSE; | |
3164 | rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; | |
3165 | rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p | |
3166 | ? bed->s->sizeof_rela | |
3167 | : bed->s->sizeof_rel); | |
3168 | rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
3169 | rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; | |
3170 | rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
3171 | rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
3172 | rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
3173 | ||
3174 | return TRUE; | |
3175 | } | |
3176 | ||
3177 | /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ | |
3178 | ||
3179 | int | |
3180 | bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) | |
3181 | { | |
3182 | if ((flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_IS_COMMON)) != 0 | |
3183 | && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) | |
3184 | return SHT_NOBITS; | |
3185 | return SHT_PROGBITS; | |
3186 | } | |
3187 | ||
3188 | struct fake_section_arg | |
3189 | { | |
3190 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info; | |
3191 | bfd_boolean failed; | |
3192 | }; | |
3193 | ||
3194 | /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ | |
3195 | ||
3196 | static void | |
3197 | elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) | |
3198 | { | |
3199 | struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; | |
3200 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3201 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); | |
3202 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
3203 | unsigned int sh_type; | |
3204 | const char *name = asect->name; | |
3205 | bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE; | |
3206 | bfd_vma mask; | |
3207 | ||
3208 | if (arg->failed) | |
3209 | { | |
3210 | /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections | |
3211 | loop. */ | |
3212 | return; | |
3213 | } | |
3214 | ||
3215 | this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; | |
3216 | ||
3217 | if (arg->link_info) | |
3218 | { | |
3219 | /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */ | |
3220 | if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG) | |
3221 | && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) | |
3222 | && name[1] == 'd' | |
3223 | && name[6] == '_') | |
3224 | { | |
3225 | /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be | |
3226 | compressed. */ | |
3227 | asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS; | |
3228 | /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section | |
3229 | name to section name section after it is compressed in | |
3230 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ | |
3231 | delay_st_name_p = TRUE; | |
3232 | } | |
3233 | } | |
3234 | else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME)) | |
3235 | { | |
3236 | /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */ | |
3237 | if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI))) | |
3238 | { | |
3239 | /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED, | |
3240 | convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if | |
3241 | needed. */ | |
3242 | if (name[1] == 'z') | |
3243 | { | |
3244 | char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); | |
3245 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
3246 | { | |
3247 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3248 | return; | |
3249 | } | |
3250 | name = new_name; | |
3251 | } | |
3252 | } | |
3253 | else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE) | |
3254 | { | |
3255 | /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a | |
3256 | section smaller. So only rename the section when | |
3257 | compression has actually taken place. If input section | |
3258 | name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */ | |
3259 | char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); | |
3260 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
3261 | { | |
3262 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3263 | return; | |
3264 | } | |
3265 | BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z'); | |
3266 | name = new_name; | |
3267 | } | |
3268 | } | |
3269 | ||
3270 | if (delay_st_name_p) | |
3271 | this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; | |
3272 | else | |
3273 | { | |
3274 | this_hdr->sh_name | |
3275 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
3276 | name, FALSE); | |
3277 | if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
3278 | { | |
3279 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3280 | return; | |
3281 | } | |
3282 | } | |
3283 | ||
3284 | /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ | |
3285 | ||
3286 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
3287 | || asect->user_set_vma) | |
3288 | this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, asect); | |
3289 | else | |
3290 | this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
3291 | ||
3292 | this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; | |
3293 | this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; | |
3294 | this_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
3295 | /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */ | |
3296 | if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1) | |
3297 | { | |
3298 | _bfd_error_handler | |
3299 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
3300 | (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"), | |
3301 | abfd, asect->alignment_power, asect); | |
3302 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3303 | return; | |
3304 | } | |
3305 | /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment | |
3306 | consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */ | |
3307 | mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power) | this_hdr->sh_addr; | |
3308 | this_hdr->sh_addralign = mask & -mask; | |
3309 | /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by | |
3310 | copy_private_section_data. */ | |
3311 | ||
3312 | this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; | |
3313 | this_hdr->contents = NULL; | |
3314 | ||
3315 | /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on | |
3316 | asect->flags. */ | |
3317 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) | |
3318 | sh_type = SHT_GROUP; | |
3319 | else | |
3320 | sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); | |
3321 | ||
3322 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) | |
3323 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
3324 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
3325 | && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS | |
3326 | && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3327 | { | |
3328 | /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but | |
3329 | allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link | |
3330 | non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data | |
3331 | to a bss output section via a linker script. */ | |
3332 | _bfd_error_handler | |
3333 | (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); | |
3334 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
3335 | } | |
3336 | ||
3337 | switch (this_hdr->sh_type) | |
3338 | { | |
3339 | default: | |
3340 | break; | |
3341 | ||
3342 | case SHT_STRTAB: | |
3343 | case SHT_NOTE: | |
3344 | case SHT_NOBITS: | |
3345 | case SHT_PROGBITS: | |
3346 | break; | |
3347 | ||
3348 | case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: | |
3349 | case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: | |
3350 | case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: | |
3351 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size / 8; | |
3352 | break; | |
3353 | ||
3354 | case SHT_HASH: | |
3355 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; | |
3356 | break; | |
3357 | ||
3358 | case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
3359 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
3360 | break; | |
3361 | ||
3362 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
3363 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; | |
3364 | break; | |
3365 | ||
3366 | case SHT_RELA: | |
3367 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) | |
3368 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; | |
3369 | break; | |
3370 | ||
3371 | case SHT_REL: | |
3372 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) | |
3373 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; | |
3374 | break; | |
3375 | ||
3376 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
3377 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); | |
3378 | break; | |
3379 | ||
3380 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
3381 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
3382 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
3383 | cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be | |
3384 | zero. */ | |
3385 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
3386 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; | |
3387 | else | |
3388 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 | |
3389 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); | |
3390 | break; | |
3391 | ||
3392 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
3393 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
3394 | /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set | |
3395 | cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be | |
3396 | zero. */ | |
3397 | if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) | |
3398 | this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; | |
3399 | else | |
3400 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 | |
3401 | || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); | |
3402 | break; | |
3403 | ||
3404 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
3405 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; | |
3406 | break; | |
3407 | ||
3408 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: | |
3409 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; | |
3410 | break; | |
3411 | } | |
3412 | ||
3413 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
3414 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; | |
3415 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
3416 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; | |
3417 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
3418 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; | |
3419 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) | |
3420 | { | |
3421 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; | |
3422 | this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; | |
3423 | } | |
3424 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) | |
3425 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; | |
3426 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) | |
3427 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
3428 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) | |
3429 | { | |
3430 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; | |
3431 | if (asect->size == 0 | |
3432 | && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) | |
3433 | { | |
3434 | struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; | |
3435 | ||
3436 | this_hdr->sh_size = 0; | |
3437 | if (o != NULL) | |
3438 | { | |
3439 | this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; | |
3440 | if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
3441 | this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; | |
3442 | } | |
3443 | } | |
3444 | } | |
3445 | if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) | |
3446 | this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; | |
3447 | ||
3448 | /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the | |
3449 | SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for | |
3450 | this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to | |
3451 | create the other. */ | |
3452 | if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) | |
3453 | { | |
3454 | /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if | |
3455 | needed. */ | |
3456 | if (arg->link_info | |
3457 | /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ | |
3458 | && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 | |
3459 | && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info) | |
3460 | || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) | |
3461 | { | |
3462 | if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL | |
3463 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, | |
3464 | FALSE, delay_st_name_p)) | |
3465 | { | |
3466 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3467 | return; | |
3468 | } | |
3469 | if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL | |
3470 | && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, | |
3471 | TRUE, delay_st_name_p)) | |
3472 | { | |
3473 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3474 | return; | |
3475 | } | |
3476 | } | |
3477 | else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, | |
3478 | (asect->use_rela_p | |
3479 | ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), | |
3480 | name, | |
3481 | asect->use_rela_p, | |
3482 | delay_st_name_p)) | |
3483 | { | |
3484 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3485 | return; | |
3486 | } | |
3487 | } | |
3488 | ||
3489 | /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ | |
3490 | sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; | |
3491 | if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections | |
3492 | && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) | |
3493 | { | |
3494 | arg->failed = TRUE; | |
3495 | return; | |
3496 | } | |
3497 | ||
3498 | if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being | |
3501 | called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ | |
3502 | this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; | |
3503 | } | |
3504 | } | |
3505 | ||
3506 | /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from | |
3507 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and | |
3508 | when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r | |
3509 | from bfd_elf_final_link. */ | |
3510 | ||
3511 | void | |
3512 | bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) | |
3513 | { | |
3514 | bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; | |
3515 | asection *elt, *first; | |
3516 | unsigned char *loc; | |
3517 | bfd_boolean gas; | |
3518 | ||
3519 | /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in | |
3520 | elfxx-ia64.c. */ | |
3521 | if ((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP | |
3522 | || sec->size == 0 | |
3523 | || *failedptr) | |
3524 | return; | |
3525 | ||
3526 | if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) | |
3527 | { | |
3528 | unsigned long symindx = 0; | |
3529 | ||
3530 | /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the | |
3531 | generic linker. */ | |
3532 | if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) | |
3533 | symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; | |
3534 | ||
3535 | if (symindx == 0) | |
3536 | { | |
3537 | /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up | |
3538 | elf_section_syms. | |
3539 | PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */ | |
3540 | if (elf_section_syms (abfd) == NULL) | |
3541 | { | |
3542 | *failedptr = TRUE; | |
3543 | return; | |
3544 | } | |
3545 | symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; | |
3546 | } | |
3547 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; | |
3548 | } | |
3549 | else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) | |
3550 | { | |
3551 | /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group | |
3552 | signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be | |
3553 | set until all local symbols are output. */ | |
3554 | asection *igroup; | |
3555 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data; | |
3556 | unsigned long symndx; | |
3557 | unsigned long extsymoff; | |
3558 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; | |
3559 | ||
3560 | /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section | |
3561 | then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to | |
3562 | the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */ | |
3563 | igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); | |
3564 | sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); | |
3565 | symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; | |
3566 | extsymoff = 0; | |
3567 | if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) | |
3568 | { | |
3569 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
3570 | ||
3571 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; | |
3572 | extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; | |
3573 | } | |
3574 | h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; | |
3575 | while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect | |
3576 | || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) | |
3577 | h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; | |
3578 | ||
3579 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; | |
3580 | } | |
3581 | ||
3582 | /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ | |
3583 | gas = TRUE; | |
3584 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
3585 | { | |
3586 | gas = FALSE; | |
3587 | sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); | |
3588 | ||
3589 | /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ | |
3590 | elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; | |
3591 | if (sec->contents == NULL) | |
3592 | { | |
3593 | *failedptr = TRUE; | |
3594 | return; | |
3595 | } | |
3596 | } | |
3597 | ||
3598 | loc = sec->contents + sec->size; | |
3599 | ||
3600 | /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas | |
3601 | squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the | |
3602 | start of the input section group. */ | |
3603 | first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); | |
3604 | ||
3605 | /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section | |
3606 | indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards | |
3607 | just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section | |
3608 | directives, not that it matters. */ | |
3609 | while (elt != NULL) | |
3610 | { | |
3611 | asection *s; | |
3612 | ||
3613 | s = elt; | |
3614 | if (!gas) | |
3615 | s = s->output_section; | |
3616 | if (s != NULL | |
3617 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) | |
3618 | { | |
3619 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s); | |
3620 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *input_elf_sec = elf_section_data (elt); | |
3621 | ||
3622 | if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL | |
3623 | && (gas | |
3624 | || (input_elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL | |
3625 | && input_elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)) | |
3626 | { | |
3627 | elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
3628 | loc -= 4; | |
3629 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rel.idx, loc); | |
3630 | } | |
3631 | if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL | |
3632 | && (gas | |
3633 | || (input_elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL | |
3634 | && input_elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0)) | |
3635 | { | |
3636 | elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; | |
3637 | loc -= 4; | |
3638 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->rela.idx, loc); | |
3639 | } | |
3640 | loc -= 4; | |
3641 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_sec->this_idx, loc); | |
3642 | } | |
3643 | elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); | |
3644 | if (elt == first) | |
3645 | break; | |
3646 | } | |
3647 | ||
3648 | loc -= 4; | |
3649 | BFD_ASSERT (loc == sec->contents); | |
3650 | ||
3651 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); | |
3652 | } | |
3653 | ||
3654 | /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its | |
3655 | .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the | |
3656 | relocations apply. */ | |
3657 | ||
3658 | asection * | |
3659 | _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, const char *name) | |
3660 | { | |
3661 | /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt | |
3662 | section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */ | |
3663 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt | |
3664 | && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0) | |
3665 | { | |
3666 | asection *sec; | |
3667 | ||
3668 | name = ".got.plt"; | |
3669 | sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); | |
3670 | if (sec != NULL) | |
3671 | return sec; | |
3672 | name = ".got"; | |
3673 | } | |
3674 | ||
3675 | return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); | |
3676 | } | |
3677 | ||
3678 | /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */ | |
3679 | ||
3680 | static asection * | |
3681 | elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec) | |
3682 | { | |
3683 | const char *name; | |
3684 | unsigned int type; | |
3685 | bfd *abfd; | |
3686 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
3687 | ||
3688 | type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type; | |
3689 | if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA) | |
3690 | return NULL; | |
3691 | ||
3692 | /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ | |
3693 | name = reloc_sec->name; | |
3694 | if (strncmp (name, ".rel", 4) != 0) | |
3695 | return NULL; | |
3696 | name += 4; | |
3697 | if (type == SHT_RELA && *name++ != 'a') | |
3698 | return NULL; | |
3699 | ||
3700 | abfd = reloc_sec->owner; | |
3701 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3702 | return bed->get_reloc_section (abfd, name); | |
3703 | } | |
3704 | ||
3705 | /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here | |
3706 | too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled | |
3707 | in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving | |
3708 | here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */ | |
3709 | ||
3710 | static bfd_boolean | |
3711 | assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
3712 | { | |
3713 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
3714 | asection *sec; | |
3715 | unsigned int section_number; | |
3716 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
3717 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; | |
3718 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; | |
3719 | size_t amt; | |
3720 | ||
3721 | section_number = 1; | |
3722 | ||
3723 | _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
3724 | ||
3725 | /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ | |
3726 | if (link_info == NULL || !link_info->resolve_section_groups) | |
3727 | { | |
3728 | size_t reloc_count = 0; | |
3729 | ||
3730 | /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ | |
3731 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) | |
3732 | { | |
3733 | d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
3734 | ||
3735 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) | |
3736 | { | |
3737 | if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) | |
3738 | { | |
3739 | /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ | |
3740 | bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); | |
3741 | abfd->section_count--; | |
3742 | } | |
3743 | else | |
3744 | d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
3745 | } | |
3746 | ||
3747 | /* Count relocations. */ | |
3748 | reloc_count += sec->reloc_count; | |
3749 | } | |
3750 | ||
3751 | /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */ | |
3752 | if (reloc_count == 0) | |
3753 | abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC; | |
3754 | } | |
3755 | ||
3756 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
3757 | { | |
3758 | d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
3759 | ||
3760 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) | |
3761 | d->this_idx = section_number++; | |
3762 | if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) | |
3763 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); | |
3764 | if (d->rel.hdr) | |
3765 | { | |
3766 | d->rel.idx = section_number++; | |
3767 | if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) | |
3768 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); | |
3769 | } | |
3770 | else | |
3771 | d->rel.idx = 0; | |
3772 | ||
3773 | if (d->rela.hdr) | |
3774 | { | |
3775 | d->rela.idx = section_number++; | |
3776 | if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) | |
3777 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); | |
3778 | } | |
3779 | else | |
3780 | d->rela.idx = 0; | |
3781 | } | |
3782 | ||
3783 | need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 | |
3784 | || (link_info == NULL | |
3785 | && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) | |
3786 | == HAS_RELOC))); | |
3787 | if (need_symtab) | |
3788 | { | |
3789 | elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++; | |
3790 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
3791 | if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) | |
3792 | { | |
3793 | elf_section_list *entry; | |
3794 | ||
3795 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL); | |
3796 | ||
3797 | entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry)); | |
3798 | entry->ndx = section_number++; | |
3799 | elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; | |
3800 | entry->hdr.sh_name | |
3801 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
3802 | ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); | |
3803 | if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
3804 | return FALSE; | |
3805 | } | |
3806 | elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; | |
3807 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
3808 | } | |
3809 | ||
3810 | elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; | |
3811 | _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); | |
3812 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); | |
3813 | ||
3814 | if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) | |
3815 | { | |
3816 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
3817 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"), | |
3818 | abfd, section_number); | |
3819 | return FALSE; | |
3820 | } | |
3821 | ||
3822 | elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; | |
3823 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; | |
3824 | ||
3825 | /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the | |
3826 | indices. */ | |
3827 | amt = section_number * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *); | |
3828 | i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
3829 | if (i_shdrp == NULL) | |
3830 | return FALSE; | |
3831 | ||
3832 | i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, | |
3833 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); | |
3834 | if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) | |
3835 | { | |
3836 | bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); | |
3837 | return FALSE; | |
3838 | } | |
3839 | ||
3840 | elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; | |
3841 | ||
3842 | i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; | |
3843 | if (need_symtab) | |
3844 | { | |
3845 | i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr; | |
3846 | if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) | |
3847 | { | |
3848 | elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); | |
3849 | BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL); | |
3850 | i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr; | |
3851 | entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
3852 | } | |
3853 | i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr; | |
3854 | t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); | |
3855 | } | |
3856 | ||
3857 | for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) | |
3858 | { | |
3859 | asection *s; | |
3860 | ||
3861 | d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
3862 | ||
3863 | i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; | |
3864 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) | |
3865 | i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; | |
3866 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) | |
3867 | i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; | |
3868 | ||
3869 | /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ | |
3870 | ||
3871 | /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol | |
3872 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which | |
3873 | the relocation entries apply. */ | |
3874 | if (d->rel.idx != 0) | |
3875 | { | |
3876 | d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
3877 | d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
3878 | d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; | |
3879 | } | |
3880 | if (d->rela.idx != 0) | |
3881 | { | |
3882 | d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
3883 | d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; | |
3884 | d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; | |
3885 | } | |
3886 | ||
3887 | /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ | |
3888 | if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
3889 | { | |
3890 | s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); | |
3891 | if (s) | |
3892 | { | |
3893 | /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ | |
3894 | if (discarded_section (s)) | |
3895 | { | |
3896 | asection *kept; | |
3897 | _bfd_error_handler | |
3898 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
3899 | (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to" | |
3900 | " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"), | |
3901 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); | |
3902 | /* Point to the kept section if it has the same | |
3903 | size as the discarded one. */ | |
3904 | kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); | |
3905 | if (kept == NULL) | |
3906 | { | |
3907 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3908 | return FALSE; | |
3909 | } | |
3910 | s = kept; | |
3911 | } | |
3912 | /* Handle objcopy. */ | |
3913 | else if (s->output_section == NULL) | |
3914 | { | |
3915 | _bfd_error_handler | |
3916 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
3917 | (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to" | |
3918 | " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"), | |
3919 | abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); | |
3920 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
3921 | return FALSE; | |
3922 | } | |
3923 | s = s->output_section; | |
3924 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
3925 | } | |
3926 | else | |
3927 | { | |
3928 | /* PR 290: | |
3929 | The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with | |
3930 | SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or | |
3931 | sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation | |
3932 | where s is NULL. */ | |
3933 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed | |
3934 | = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
3935 | bed->link_order_error_handler | |
3936 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
3937 | (_("%pB: warning: sh_link not set for section `%pA'"), | |
3938 | abfd, sec); | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | } | |
3941 | ||
3942 | switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) | |
3943 | { | |
3944 | case SHT_REL: | |
3945 | case SHT_RELA: | |
3946 | /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD | |
3947 | section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol | |
3948 | table. sh_info is the section index of the section to | |
3949 | which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an | |
3950 | allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. | |
3951 | FIXME: How can we be sure? */ | |
3952 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
3953 | if (s != NULL) | |
3954 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
3955 | ||
3956 | s = elf_get_reloc_section (sec); | |
3957 | if (s != NULL) | |
3958 | { | |
3959 | d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
3960 | d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; | |
3961 | } | |
3962 | break; | |
3963 | ||
3964 | case SHT_STRTAB: | |
3965 | /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs | |
3966 | string section. We look for a section with the same name | |
3967 | but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link | |
3968 | field to point to this section. */ | |
3969 | if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") | |
3970 | && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) | |
3971 | { | |
3972 | size_t len; | |
3973 | char *alc; | |
3974 | ||
3975 | len = strlen (sec->name); | |
3976 | alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); | |
3977 | if (alc == NULL) | |
3978 | return FALSE; | |
3979 | memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); | |
3980 | alc[len - 3] = '\0'; | |
3981 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); | |
3982 | free (alc); | |
3983 | if (s != NULL) | |
3984 | { | |
3985 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; | |
3986 | ||
3987 | /* This is a .stab section. */ | |
3988 | elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 12; | |
3989 | } | |
3990 | } | |
3991 | break; | |
3992 | ||
3993 | case SHT_DYNAMIC: | |
3994 | case SHT_DYNSYM: | |
3995 | case SHT_GNU_verneed: | |
3996 | case SHT_GNU_verdef: | |
3997 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table | |
3998 | used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the | |
3999 | version strings. */ | |
4000 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); | |
4001 | if (s != NULL) | |
4002 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
4003 | break; | |
4004 | ||
4005 | case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: | |
4006 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library | |
4007 | list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or | |
4008 | the version strings. */ | |
4009 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) | |
4010 | ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); | |
4011 | if (s != NULL) | |
4012 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
4013 | break; | |
4014 | ||
4015 | case SHT_HASH: | |
4016 | case SHT_GNU_HASH: | |
4017 | case SHT_GNU_versym: | |
4018 | /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table | |
4019 | this hash table or version table is for. */ | |
4020 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); | |
4021 | if (s != NULL) | |
4022 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; | |
4023 | break; | |
4024 | ||
4025 | case SHT_GROUP: | |
4026 | d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
4027 | } | |
4028 | } | |
4029 | ||
4030 | /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that | |
4031 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF | |
4032 | debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */ | |
4033 | ||
4034 | return TRUE; | |
4035 | } | |
4036 | ||
4037 | static bfd_boolean | |
4038 | sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) | |
4039 | { | |
4040 | /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ | |
4041 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4042 | if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) | |
4043 | return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); | |
4044 | ||
4045 | return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 | |
4046 | || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym)) | |
4047 | || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym))); | |
4048 | } | |
4049 | ||
4050 | /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All | |
4051 | SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in | |
4052 | SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at | |
4053 | the beginning of that array. | |
4054 | ||
4055 | Returns the number of symbols to keep. */ | |
4056 | ||
4057 | unsigned int | |
4058 | _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, | |
4059 | asymbol **syms, long symcount) | |
4060 | { | |
4061 | long src_count, dst_count = 0; | |
4062 | ||
4063 | for (src_count = 0; src_count < symcount; src_count++) | |
4064 | { | |
4065 | asymbol *sym = syms[src_count]; | |
4066 | char *name = (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym); | |
4067 | struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; | |
4068 | ||
4069 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
4070 | continue; | |
4071 | ||
4072 | h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, name, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE); | |
4073 | if (h == NULL) | |
4074 | continue; | |
4075 | if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) | |
4076 | continue; | |
4077 | if (h->linker_def || h->ldscript_def) | |
4078 | continue; | |
4079 | ||
4080 | syms[dst_count++] = sym; | |
4081 | } | |
4082 | ||
4083 | syms[dst_count] = NULL; | |
4084 | ||
4085 | return dst_count; | |
4086 | } | |
4087 | ||
4088 | /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be | |
4089 | output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ | |
4090 | ||
4091 | static bfd_boolean | |
4092 | ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) | |
4093 | { | |
4094 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; | |
4095 | ||
4096 | if (sym == NULL) | |
4097 | return FALSE; | |
4098 | ||
4099 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) | |
4100 | return FALSE; | |
4101 | ||
4102 | if (sym->section == NULL) | |
4103 | return TRUE; | |
4104 | ||
4105 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); | |
4106 | return ((type_ptr != NULL | |
4107 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 | |
4108 | && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) | |
4109 | || !(sym->section->owner == abfd | |
4110 | || (sym->section->output_section != NULL | |
4111 | && sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd | |
4112 | && sym->section->output_offset == 0) | |
4113 | || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); | |
4114 | } | |
4115 | ||
4116 | /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving | |
4117 | all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ | |
4118 | ||
4119 | static bfd_boolean | |
4120 | elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals) | |
4121 | { | |
4122 | unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
4123 | asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
4124 | asymbol **sect_syms; | |
4125 | unsigned int num_locals = 0; | |
4126 | unsigned int num_globals = 0; | |
4127 | unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; | |
4128 | unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; | |
4129 | unsigned int max_index = 0; | |
4130 | unsigned int idx; | |
4131 | asection *asect; | |
4132 | asymbol **new_syms; | |
4133 | size_t amt; | |
4134 | ||
4135 | #ifdef DEBUG | |
4136 | fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); | |
4137 | fflush (stderr); | |
4138 | #endif | |
4139 | ||
4140 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
4141 | { | |
4142 | if (max_index < asect->index) | |
4143 | max_index = asect->index; | |
4144 | } | |
4145 | ||
4146 | max_index++; | |
4147 | amt = max_index * sizeof (asymbol *); | |
4148 | sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
4149 | if (sect_syms == NULL) | |
4150 | return FALSE; | |
4151 | elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; | |
4152 | elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; | |
4153 | ||
4154 | /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already | |
4155 | decided to output. */ | |
4156 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
4157 | { | |
4158 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
4159 | ||
4160 | if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 | |
4161 | && sym->value == 0 | |
4162 | && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) | |
4163 | && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) | |
4164 | { | |
4165 | asection *sec = sym->section; | |
4166 | ||
4167 | if (sec->owner != abfd) | |
4168 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
4169 | ||
4170 | sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; | |
4171 | } | |
4172 | } | |
4173 | ||
4174 | /* Classify all of the symbols. */ | |
4175 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
4176 | { | |
4177 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
4178 | num_globals++; | |
4179 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) | |
4180 | num_locals++; | |
4181 | } | |
4182 | ||
4183 | /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most | |
4184 | sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but | |
4185 | eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped | |
4186 | at least in that case. */ | |
4187 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
4188 | { | |
4189 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
4190 | { | |
4191 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) | |
4192 | num_locals++; | |
4193 | else | |
4194 | num_globals++; | |
4195 | } | |
4196 | } | |
4197 | ||
4198 | /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ | |
4199 | amt = (num_locals + num_globals) * sizeof (asymbol *); | |
4200 | new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
4201 | if (new_syms == NULL) | |
4202 | return FALSE; | |
4203 | ||
4204 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) | |
4205 | { | |
4206 | asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; | |
4207 | unsigned int i; | |
4208 | ||
4209 | if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
4210 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
4211 | else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) | |
4212 | i = num_locals2++; | |
4213 | else | |
4214 | continue; | |
4215 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
4216 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
4217 | } | |
4218 | for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) | |
4219 | { | |
4220 | if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) | |
4221 | { | |
4222 | asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; | |
4223 | unsigned int i; | |
4224 | ||
4225 | sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; | |
4226 | if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) | |
4227 | i = num_locals2++; | |
4228 | else | |
4229 | i = num_locals + num_globals2++; | |
4230 | new_syms[i] = sym; | |
4231 | sym->udata.i = i + 1; | |
4232 | } | |
4233 | } | |
4234 | ||
4235 | bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); | |
4236 | ||
4237 | *pnum_locals = num_locals; | |
4238 | return TRUE; | |
4239 | } | |
4240 | ||
4241 | /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any | |
4242 | ELF data structure. */ | |
4243 | ||
4244 | static inline file_ptr | |
4245 | align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) | |
4246 | { | |
4247 | return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); | |
4248 | } | |
4249 | ||
4250 | /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the | |
4251 | required section alignment. */ | |
4252 | ||
4253 | file_ptr | |
4254 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, | |
4255 | file_ptr offset, | |
4256 | bfd_boolean align) | |
4257 | { | |
4258 | if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) | |
4259 | offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); | |
4260 | i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; | |
4261 | if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) | |
4262 | i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; | |
4263 | if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
4264 | offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; | |
4265 | return offset; | |
4266 | } | |
4267 | ||
4268 | /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and | |
4269 | otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO | |
4270 | is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ | |
4271 | ||
4272 | bfd_boolean | |
4273 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, | |
4274 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
4275 | { | |
4276 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4277 | struct fake_section_arg fsargs; | |
4278 | bfd_boolean failed; | |
4279 | struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; | |
4280 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; | |
4281 | bfd_boolean need_symtab; | |
4282 | ||
4283 | if (abfd->output_has_begun) | |
4284 | return TRUE; | |
4285 | ||
4286 | /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ | |
4287 | if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) | |
4288 | (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); | |
4289 | ||
4290 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_init_file_header) (abfd, link_info)) | |
4291 | return FALSE; | |
4292 | ||
4293 | fsargs.failed = FALSE; | |
4294 | fsargs.link_info = link_info; | |
4295 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); | |
4296 | if (fsargs.failed) | |
4297 | return FALSE; | |
4298 | ||
4299 | if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) | |
4300 | return FALSE; | |
4301 | ||
4302 | /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ | |
4303 | need_symtab = (link_info == NULL | |
4304 | && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 | |
4305 | || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) | |
4306 | == HAS_RELOC))); | |
4307 | if (need_symtab) | |
4308 | { | |
4309 | /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ | |
4310 | int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); | |
4311 | ||
4312 | if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) | |
4313 | return FALSE; | |
4314 | } | |
4315 | ||
4316 | failed = FALSE; | |
4317 | if (link_info == NULL) | |
4318 | { | |
4319 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); | |
4320 | if (failed) | |
4321 | return FALSE; | |
4322 | } | |
4323 | ||
4324 | shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
4325 | /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */ | |
4326 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
4327 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags; | |
4328 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
4329 | /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ | |
4330 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
4331 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
4332 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
4333 | /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ | |
4334 | shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
4335 | ||
4336 | if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) | |
4337 | return FALSE; | |
4338 | ||
4339 | if (need_symtab) | |
4340 | { | |
4341 | file_ptr off; | |
4342 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
4343 | ||
4344 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); | |
4345 | ||
4346 | hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); | |
4347 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
4348 | ||
4349 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL) | |
4350 | { | |
4351 | hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; | |
4352 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
4353 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
4354 | /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */ | |
4355 | } | |
4356 | ||
4357 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
4358 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
4359 | ||
4360 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; | |
4361 | ||
4362 | /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it | |
4363 | out. */ | |
4364 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
4365 | || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) | |
4366 | return FALSE; | |
4367 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab); | |
4368 | } | |
4369 | ||
4370 | abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; | |
4371 | ||
4372 | return TRUE; | |
4373 | } | |
4374 | ||
4375 | /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we | |
4376 | get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ | |
4377 | ||
4378 | static bfd_size_type | |
4379 | get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
4380 | { | |
4381 | size_t segs; | |
4382 | asection *s; | |
4383 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
4384 | ||
4385 | /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text | |
4386 | and one for data. */ | |
4387 | segs = 2; | |
4388 | ||
4389 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
4390 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && s->size != 0) | |
4391 | { | |
4392 | /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a | |
4393 | PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a | |
4394 | PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all | |
4395 | targets. */ | |
4396 | segs += 2; | |
4397 | } | |
4398 | ||
4399 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) | |
4400 | { | |
4401 | /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
4402 | ++segs; | |
4403 | } | |
4404 | ||
4405 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) | |
4406 | { | |
4407 | /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ | |
4408 | ++segs; | |
4409 | } | |
4410 | ||
4411 | if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd)) | |
4412 | { | |
4413 | /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ | |
4414 | ++segs; | |
4415 | } | |
4416 | ||
4417 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) | |
4418 | { | |
4419 | /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ | |
4420 | ++segs; | |
4421 | } | |
4422 | ||
4423 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, | |
4424 | NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME); | |
4425 | if (s != NULL && s->size != 0) | |
4426 | { | |
4427 | /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */ | |
4428 | ++segs; | |
4429 | } | |
4430 | ||
4431 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4432 | { | |
4433 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
4434 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE) | |
4435 | { | |
4436 | unsigned int alignment_power; | |
4437 | /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
4438 | ++segs; | |
4439 | /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent | |
4440 | loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a | |
4441 | PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) | |
4442 | each note should have the same alignment. So we check | |
4443 | whether the sections are correctly aligned. */ | |
4444 | alignment_power = s->alignment_power; | |
4445 | while (s->next != NULL | |
4446 | && s->next->alignment_power == alignment_power | |
4447 | && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
4448 | && elf_section_type (s->next) == SHT_NOTE) | |
4449 | s = s->next; | |
4450 | } | |
4451 | } | |
4452 | ||
4453 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4454 | { | |
4455 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
4456 | { | |
4457 | /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ | |
4458 | ++segs; | |
4459 | break; | |
4460 | } | |
4461 | } | |
4462 | ||
4463 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4464 | ||
4465 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 | |
4466 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0) | |
4467 | { | |
4468 | /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */ | |
4469 | unsigned int page_align_power = bfd_log2 (bed->commonpagesize); | |
4470 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4471 | if (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) | |
4472 | { | |
4473 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info > PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM) | |
4474 | { | |
4475 | _bfd_error_handler | |
4476 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
4477 | (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid " | |
4478 | "sh_info field: %d"), | |
4479 | abfd, s, elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info); | |
4480 | continue; | |
4481 | } | |
4482 | /* Align mbind section to page size. */ | |
4483 | if (s->alignment_power < page_align_power) | |
4484 | s->alignment_power = page_align_power; | |
4485 | segs ++; | |
4486 | } | |
4487 | } | |
4488 | ||
4489 | /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ | |
4490 | if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) | |
4491 | { | |
4492 | int a; | |
4493 | ||
4494 | a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); | |
4495 | if (a == -1) | |
4496 | abort (); | |
4497 | segs += a; | |
4498 | } | |
4499 | ||
4500 | return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
4501 | } | |
4502 | ||
4503 | /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ | |
4504 | ||
4505 | Elf_Internal_Phdr * | |
4506 | _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) | |
4507 | { | |
4508 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
4509 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
4510 | ||
4511 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
4512 | m != NULL; | |
4513 | m = m->next, p++) | |
4514 | { | |
4515 | int i; | |
4516 | ||
4517 | for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) | |
4518 | if (m->sections[i] == section) | |
4519 | return p; | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | return NULL; | |
4523 | } | |
4524 | ||
4525 | /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ | |
4526 | ||
4527 | static struct elf_segment_map * | |
4528 | make_mapping (bfd *abfd, | |
4529 | asection **sections, | |
4530 | unsigned int from, | |
4531 | unsigned int to, | |
4532 | bfd_boolean phdr) | |
4533 | { | |
4534 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
4535 | unsigned int i; | |
4536 | asection **hdrpp; | |
4537 | size_t amt; | |
4538 | ||
4539 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
4540 | amt += (to - from) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4541 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
4542 | if (m == NULL) | |
4543 | return NULL; | |
4544 | m->next = NULL; | |
4545 | m->p_type = PT_LOAD; | |
4546 | for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) | |
4547 | m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; | |
4548 | m->count = to - from; | |
4549 | ||
4550 | if (from == 0 && phdr) | |
4551 | { | |
4552 | /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ | |
4553 | m->includes_filehdr = 1; | |
4554 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
4555 | } | |
4556 | ||
4557 | return m; | |
4558 | } | |
4559 | ||
4560 | /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL | |
4561 | on failure. */ | |
4562 | ||
4563 | struct elf_segment_map * | |
4564 | _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) | |
4565 | { | |
4566 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
4567 | ||
4568 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, | |
4569 | sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); | |
4570 | if (m == NULL) | |
4571 | return NULL; | |
4572 | m->next = NULL; | |
4573 | m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; | |
4574 | m->count = 1; | |
4575 | m->sections[0] = dynsec; | |
4576 | ||
4577 | return m; | |
4578 | } | |
4579 | ||
4580 | /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ | |
4581 | ||
4582 | static bfd_boolean | |
4583 | elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, | |
4584 | struct bfd_link_info *info, | |
4585 | bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) | |
4586 | { | |
4587 | struct elf_segment_map **m; | |
4588 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
4589 | ||
4590 | /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are | |
4591 | not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such | |
4592 | sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded | |
4593 | sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is | |
4594 | removed. */ | |
4595 | m = &elf_seg_map (abfd); | |
4596 | while (*m) | |
4597 | { | |
4598 | unsigned int i, new_count; | |
4599 | ||
4600 | for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) | |
4601 | { | |
4602 | if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 | |
4603 | && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 | |
4604 | || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) | |
4605 | { | |
4606 | (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; | |
4607 | new_count++; | |
4608 | } | |
4609 | } | |
4610 | (*m)->count = new_count; | |
4611 | ||
4612 | if (remove_empty_load | |
4613 | && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
4614 | && (*m)->count == 0 | |
4615 | && !(*m)->includes_phdrs) | |
4616 | *m = (*m)->next; | |
4617 | else | |
4618 | m = &(*m)->next; | |
4619 | } | |
4620 | ||
4621 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4622 | if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) | |
4623 | { | |
4624 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) | |
4625 | return FALSE; | |
4626 | } | |
4627 | ||
4628 | return TRUE; | |
4629 | } | |
4630 | ||
4631 | #define IS_TBSS(s) \ | |
4632 | ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
4633 | ||
4634 | /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ | |
4635 | ||
4636 | bfd_boolean | |
4637 | _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
4638 | { | |
4639 | unsigned int count; | |
4640 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
4641 | asection **sections = NULL; | |
4642 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
4643 | bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; | |
4644 | ||
4645 | no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL; | |
4646 | ||
4647 | if (info != NULL) | |
4648 | info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; | |
4649 | ||
4650 | if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) | |
4651 | { | |
4652 | asection *s; | |
4653 | unsigned int i; | |
4654 | struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; | |
4655 | struct elf_segment_map **pm; | |
4656 | asection *last_hdr; | |
4657 | bfd_vma last_size; | |
4658 | unsigned int hdr_index; | |
4659 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
4660 | asection **hdrpp; | |
4661 | bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment; | |
4662 | bfd_boolean writable; | |
4663 | bfd_boolean executable; | |
4664 | unsigned int tls_count = 0; | |
4665 | asection *first_tls = NULL; | |
4666 | asection *first_mbind = NULL; | |
4667 | asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; | |
4668 | size_t amt; | |
4669 | bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; /* Bytes. */ | |
4670 | bfd_size_type phdr_size; /* Octets/bytes. */ | |
4671 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL); | |
4672 | ||
4673 | /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ | |
4674 | ||
4675 | amt = bfd_count_sections (abfd) * sizeof (asection *); | |
4676 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
4677 | if (sections == NULL) | |
4678 | goto error_return; | |
4679 | ||
4680 | /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift | |
4681 | left operator when shift count is equal to size of type | |
4682 | being shifted. */ | |
4683 | addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; | |
4684 | addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; | |
4685 | ||
4686 | i = 0; | |
4687 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4688 | { | |
4689 | if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
4690 | { | |
4691 | /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link | |
4692 | starts output of section symbols. Use it to make | |
4693 | qsort stable. */ | |
4694 | s->target_index = i; | |
4695 | sections[i] = s; | |
4696 | ++i; | |
4697 | /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ | |
4698 | if (((s->lma + s->size / opb) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) | |
4699 | wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size / opb) & addr_mask; | |
4700 | } | |
4701 | } | |
4702 | BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); | |
4703 | count = i; | |
4704 | ||
4705 | qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); | |
4706 | ||
4707 | phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); | |
4708 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
4709 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); | |
4710 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
4711 | /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */ | |
4712 | phdr_size /= opb; | |
4713 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; | |
4714 | if (maxpagesize == 0) | |
4715 | maxpagesize = 1; | |
4716 | phdr_in_segment = info != NULL && info->load_phdrs; | |
4717 | if (count != 0 | |
4718 | && (((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) & (maxpagesize - 1)) | |
4719 | >= (phdr_size & (maxpagesize - 1)))) | |
4720 | /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using | |
4721 | SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has | |
4722 | been left for them. */ | |
4723 | phdr_in_segment = TRUE; | |
4724 | ||
4725 | /* Build the mapping. */ | |
4726 | mfirst = NULL; | |
4727 | pm = &mfirst; | |
4728 | ||
4729 | /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for | |
4730 | the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp | |
4731 | section. */ | |
4732 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); | |
4733 | if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && s->size != 0) | |
4734 | { | |
4735 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
4736 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
4737 | if (m == NULL) | |
4738 | goto error_return; | |
4739 | m->next = NULL; | |
4740 | m->p_type = PT_PHDR; | |
4741 | m->p_flags = PF_R; | |
4742 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
4743 | m->includes_phdrs = 1; | |
4744 | phdr_in_segment = TRUE; | |
4745 | *pm = m; | |
4746 | pm = &m->next; | |
4747 | ||
4748 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
4749 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
4750 | if (m == NULL) | |
4751 | goto error_return; | |
4752 | m->next = NULL; | |
4753 | m->p_type = PT_INTERP; | |
4754 | m->count = 1; | |
4755 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
4756 | ||
4757 | *pm = m; | |
4758 | pm = &m->next; | |
4759 | } | |
4760 | ||
4761 | /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program | |
4762 | segment when the start of the second section can be placed within | |
4763 | a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ | |
4764 | last_hdr = NULL; | |
4765 | last_size = 0; | |
4766 | hdr_index = 0; | |
4767 | writable = FALSE; | |
4768 | executable = FALSE; | |
4769 | dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); | |
4770 | if (dynsec != NULL | |
4771 | && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) | |
4772 | dynsec = NULL; | |
4773 | ||
4774 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) | |
4775 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
4776 | ||
4777 | /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section | |
4778 | is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an | |
4779 | approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many | |
4780 | program headers we will need. */ | |
4781 | if (phdr_in_segment && count > 0) | |
4782 | { | |
4783 | bfd_vma phdr_lma; /* Bytes. */ | |
4784 | bfd_boolean separate_phdr = FALSE; | |
4785 | ||
4786 | phdr_lma = (sections[0]->lma - phdr_size) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize; | |
4787 | if (info != NULL | |
4788 | && info->separate_code | |
4789 | && (sections[0]->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
4790 | { | |
4791 | /* If data sections should be separate from code and | |
4792 | thus not executable, and the first section is | |
4793 | executable then put the file and program headers in | |
4794 | their own PT_LOAD. */ | |
4795 | separate_phdr = TRUE; | |
4796 | if ((((phdr_lma + phdr_size - 1) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) | |
4797 | == (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize))) | |
4798 | { | |
4799 | /* The file and program headers are currently on the | |
4800 | same page as the first section. Put them on the | |
4801 | previous page if we can. */ | |
4802 | if (phdr_lma >= maxpagesize) | |
4803 | phdr_lma -= maxpagesize; | |
4804 | else | |
4805 | separate_phdr = FALSE; | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | } | |
4808 | if ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_lma | |
4809 | || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size) | |
4810 | /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end | |
4811 | of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */ | |
4812 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
4813 | else if (phdr_lma < wrap_to) | |
4814 | /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing | |
4815 | file and program headers, then the headers will be | |
4816 | overwritten. */ | |
4817 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
4818 | else if (separate_phdr) | |
4819 | { | |
4820 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment); | |
4821 | if (m == NULL) | |
4822 | goto error_return; | |
4823 | m->p_paddr = phdr_lma * opb; | |
4824 | m->p_vaddr_offset | |
4825 | = (sections[0]->vma - phdr_size) & addr_mask & -maxpagesize; | |
4826 | m->p_paddr_valid = 1; | |
4827 | *pm = m; | |
4828 | pm = &m->next; | |
4829 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
4830 | } | |
4831 | } | |
4832 | ||
4833 | for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) | |
4834 | { | |
4835 | asection *hdr; | |
4836 | bfd_boolean new_segment; | |
4837 | ||
4838 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
4839 | ||
4840 | /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same | |
4841 | segment. */ | |
4842 | ||
4843 | if (last_hdr == NULL) | |
4844 | { | |
4845 | /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new | |
4846 | one (we build the last one after this loop). */ | |
4847 | new_segment = FALSE; | |
4848 | } | |
4849 | else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) | |
4850 | { | |
4851 | /* If this section has a different relation between the | |
4852 | virtual address and the load address, then we need a new | |
4853 | segment. */ | |
4854 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4855 | } | |
4856 | else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size | |
4857 | || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) | |
4858 | { | |
4859 | /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap | |
4860 | the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ | |
4861 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4862 | } | |
4863 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 | |
4864 | && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) | |
4865 | == (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) | |
4866 | { | |
4867 | /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk | |
4868 | pages onto the same memory page. */ | |
4869 | new_segment = FALSE; | |
4870 | } | |
4871 | /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close | |
4872 | to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps | |
4873 | around to the start of the address space, then there are no more | |
4874 | pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current | |
4875 | section can be included in the current segment. */ | |
4876 | else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) | |
4877 | + maxpagesize > last_hdr->lma) | |
4878 | && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) | |
4879 | + maxpagesize <= hdr->lma)) | |
4880 | { | |
4881 | /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to | |
4882 | skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ | |
4883 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4884 | } | |
4885 | else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 | |
4886 | && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0) | |
4887 | { | |
4888 | /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a | |
4889 | nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment | |
4890 | as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded. | |
4891 | Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */ | |
4892 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4893 | } | |
4894 | else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) | |
4895 | { | |
4896 | /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we | |
4897 | don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the | |
4898 | file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ | |
4899 | new_segment = FALSE; | |
4900 | } | |
4901 | else if (info != NULL | |
4902 | && info->separate_code | |
4903 | && executable != ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)) | |
4904 | { | |
4905 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4906 | } | |
4907 | else if (! writable | |
4908 | && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
4909 | { | |
4910 | /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only | |
4911 | segment. */ | |
4912 | new_segment = TRUE; | |
4913 | } | |
4914 | else | |
4915 | { | |
4916 | /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ | |
4917 | new_segment = FALSE; | |
4918 | } | |
4919 | ||
4920 | /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ | |
4921 | if (last_hdr != NULL | |
4922 | && info != NULL | |
4923 | && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) | |
4924 | new_segment | |
4925 | = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, | |
4926 | last_hdr, | |
4927 | new_segment); | |
4928 | ||
4929 | if (! new_segment) | |
4930 | { | |
4931 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
4932 | writable = TRUE; | |
4933 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
4934 | executable = TRUE; | |
4935 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
4936 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ | |
4937 | last_size = (!IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0) / opb; | |
4938 | continue; | |
4939 | } | |
4940 | ||
4941 | /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program | |
4942 | header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */ | |
4943 | ||
4944 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, hdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
4945 | if (m == NULL) | |
4946 | goto error_return; | |
4947 | ||
4948 | *pm = m; | |
4949 | pm = &m->next; | |
4950 | ||
4951 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
4952 | writable = TRUE; | |
4953 | else | |
4954 | writable = FALSE; | |
4955 | ||
4956 | if ((hdr->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0) | |
4957 | executable = FALSE; | |
4958 | else | |
4959 | executable = TRUE; | |
4960 | ||
4961 | last_hdr = hdr; | |
4962 | /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ | |
4963 | last_size = (!IS_TBSS (hdr) ? hdr->size : 0) / opb; | |
4964 | hdr_index = i; | |
4965 | phdr_in_segment = FALSE; | |
4966 | } | |
4967 | ||
4968 | /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just | |
4969 | for .tbss. */ | |
4970 | if (last_hdr != NULL | |
4971 | && (i - hdr_index != 1 | |
4972 | || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr))) | |
4973 | { | |
4974 | m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, hdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); | |
4975 | if (m == NULL) | |
4976 | goto error_return; | |
4977 | ||
4978 | *pm = m; | |
4979 | pm = &m->next; | |
4980 | } | |
4981 | ||
4982 | /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
4983 | if (dynsec != NULL) | |
4984 | { | |
4985 | m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); | |
4986 | if (m == NULL) | |
4987 | goto error_return; | |
4988 | *pm = m; | |
4989 | pm = &m->next; | |
4990 | } | |
4991 | ||
4992 | /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections, | |
4993 | add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, | |
4994 | because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and | |
4995 | loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections | |
4996 | in the output file. */ | |
4997 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
4998 | { | |
4999 | if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
5000 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE) | |
5001 | { | |
5002 | asection *s2; | |
5003 | unsigned int alignment_power = s->alignment_power; | |
5004 | ||
5005 | count = 1; | |
5006 | for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) | |
5007 | { | |
5008 | if (s2->next->alignment_power == alignment_power | |
5009 | && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 | |
5010 | && elf_section_type (s2->next) == SHT_NOTE | |
5011 | && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size / opb, | |
5012 | alignment_power) | |
5013 | == s2->next->lma) | |
5014 | count++; | |
5015 | else | |
5016 | break; | |
5017 | } | |
5018 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
5019 | amt += count * sizeof (asection *); | |
5020 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5021 | if (m == NULL) | |
5022 | goto error_return; | |
5023 | m->next = NULL; | |
5024 | m->p_type = PT_NOTE; | |
5025 | m->count = count; | |
5026 | while (count > 1) | |
5027 | { | |
5028 | m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; | |
5029 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); | |
5030 | s = s->next; | |
5031 | } | |
5032 | m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; | |
5033 | BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); | |
5034 | *pm = m; | |
5035 | pm = &m->next; | |
5036 | } | |
5037 | if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
5038 | { | |
5039 | if (! tls_count) | |
5040 | first_tls = s; | |
5041 | tls_count++; | |
5042 | } | |
5043 | if (first_mbind == NULL | |
5044 | && (elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0) | |
5045 | first_mbind = s; | |
5046 | } | |
5047 | ||
5048 | /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ | |
5049 | if (tls_count > 0) | |
5050 | { | |
5051 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
5052 | amt += tls_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
5053 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5054 | if (m == NULL) | |
5055 | goto error_return; | |
5056 | m->next = NULL; | |
5057 | m->p_type = PT_TLS; | |
5058 | m->count = tls_count; | |
5059 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ | |
5060 | m->p_flags = PF_R; | |
5061 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
5062 | s = first_tls; | |
5063 | for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i) | |
5064 | { | |
5065 | if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) | |
5066 | { | |
5067 | _bfd_error_handler | |
5068 | (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd); | |
5069 | s = first_tls; | |
5070 | i = 0; | |
5071 | while (i < tls_count) | |
5072 | { | |
5073 | if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) | |
5074 | { | |
5075 | _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s); | |
5076 | i++; | |
5077 | } | |
5078 | else | |
5079 | _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s); | |
5080 | s = s->next; | |
5081 | } | |
5082 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
5083 | goto error_return; | |
5084 | } | |
5085 | m->sections[i] = s; | |
5086 | s = s->next; | |
5087 | } | |
5088 | ||
5089 | *pm = m; | |
5090 | pm = &m->next; | |
5091 | } | |
5092 | ||
5093 | if (first_mbind | |
5094 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 | |
5095 | && (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0) | |
5096 | for (s = first_mbind; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
5097 | if ((elf_section_flags (s) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) != 0 | |
5098 | && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info <= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM) | |
5099 | { | |
5100 | /* Mandated PF_R. */ | |
5101 | unsigned long p_flags = PF_R; | |
5102 | if ((s->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) | |
5103 | p_flags |= PF_W; | |
5104 | if ((s->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) | |
5105 | p_flags |= PF_X; | |
5106 | ||
5107 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *); | |
5108 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5109 | if (m == NULL) | |
5110 | goto error_return; | |
5111 | m->next = NULL; | |
5112 | m->p_type = (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO | |
5113 | + elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_info); | |
5114 | m->count = 1; | |
5115 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
5116 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
5117 | m->p_flags = p_flags; | |
5118 | ||
5119 | *pm = m; | |
5120 | pm = &m->next; | |
5121 | } | |
5122 | ||
5123 | s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, | |
5124 | NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME); | |
5125 | if (s != NULL && s->size != 0) | |
5126 | { | |
5127 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) + sizeof (asection *); | |
5128 | m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5129 | if (m == NULL) | |
5130 | goto error_return; | |
5131 | m->next = NULL; | |
5132 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_PROPERTY; | |
5133 | m->count = 1; | |
5134 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
5135 | m->sections[0] = s; | |
5136 | m->p_flags = PF_R; | |
5137 | *pm = m; | |
5138 | pm = &m->next; | |
5139 | } | |
5140 | ||
5141 | /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME | |
5142 | segment. */ | |
5143 | eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd); | |
5144 | if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL | |
5145 | && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
5146 | { | |
5147 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
5148 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5149 | if (m == NULL) | |
5150 | goto error_return; | |
5151 | m->next = NULL; | |
5152 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; | |
5153 | m->count = 1; | |
5154 | m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; | |
5155 | ||
5156 | *pm = m; | |
5157 | pm = &m->next; | |
5158 | } | |
5159 | ||
5160 | if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) | |
5161 | { | |
5162 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
5163 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5164 | if (m == NULL) | |
5165 | goto error_return; | |
5166 | m->next = NULL; | |
5167 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; | |
5168 | m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd); | |
5169 | m->p_align = bed->stack_align; | |
5170 | m->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
5171 | m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0; | |
5172 | if (info->stacksize > 0) | |
5173 | { | |
5174 | m->p_size = info->stacksize; | |
5175 | m->p_size_valid = 1; | |
5176 | } | |
5177 | ||
5178 | *pm = m; | |
5179 | pm = &m->next; | |
5180 | } | |
5181 | ||
5182 | if (info != NULL && info->relro) | |
5183 | { | |
5184 | for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
5185 | { | |
5186 | if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
5187 | && m->count != 0 | |
5188 | && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start | |
5189 | && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) | |
5190 | { | |
5191 | i = m->count; | |
5192 | while (--i != (unsigned) -1) | |
5193 | { | |
5194 | if (m->sections[i]->size > 0 | |
5195 | && (m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) | |
5196 | == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) | |
5197 | break; | |
5198 | } | |
5199 | ||
5200 | if (i != (unsigned) -1) | |
5201 | break; | |
5202 | } | |
5203 | } | |
5204 | ||
5205 | /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ | |
5206 | if (m != NULL) | |
5207 | { | |
5208 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); | |
5209 | m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
5210 | if (m == NULL) | |
5211 | goto error_return; | |
5212 | m->next = NULL; | |
5213 | m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; | |
5214 | *pm = m; | |
5215 | pm = &m->next; | |
5216 | } | |
5217 | } | |
5218 | ||
5219 | free (sections); | |
5220 | elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst; | |
5221 | } | |
5222 | ||
5223 | if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) | |
5224 | return FALSE; | |
5225 | ||
5226 | for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
5227 | ++count; | |
5228 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5229 | ||
5230 | return TRUE; | |
5231 | ||
5232 | error_return: | |
5233 | free (sections); | |
5234 | return FALSE; | |
5235 | } | |
5236 | ||
5237 | /* Sort sections by address. */ | |
5238 | ||
5239 | static int | |
5240 | elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) | |
5241 | { | |
5242 | const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; | |
5243 | const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; | |
5244 | bfd_size_type size1, size2; | |
5245 | ||
5246 | /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to | |
5247 | place the section into a segment. */ | |
5248 | if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) | |
5249 | return -1; | |
5250 | else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) | |
5251 | return 1; | |
5252 | ||
5253 | /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be | |
5254 | the same, and this will do nothing. */ | |
5255 | if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) | |
5256 | return -1; | |
5257 | else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) | |
5258 | return 1; | |
5259 | ||
5260 | /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ | |
5261 | ||
5262 | #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) | |
5263 | ||
5264 | if (TOEND (sec1)) | |
5265 | { | |
5266 | if (!TOEND (sec2)) | |
5267 | return 1; | |
5268 | } | |
5269 | else if (TOEND (sec2)) | |
5270 | return -1; | |
5271 | ||
5272 | #undef TOEND | |
5273 | ||
5274 | /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections | |
5275 | before others at the same address. */ | |
5276 | ||
5277 | size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; | |
5278 | size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; | |
5279 | ||
5280 | if (size1 < size2) | |
5281 | return -1; | |
5282 | if (size1 > size2) | |
5283 | return 1; | |
5284 | ||
5285 | return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; | |
5286 | } | |
5287 | ||
5288 | /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and | |
5289 | by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */ | |
5290 | ||
5291 | static int | |
5292 | elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) | |
5293 | { | |
5294 | const struct elf_segment_map *m1 = *(const struct elf_segment_map **) arg1; | |
5295 | const struct elf_segment_map *m2 = *(const struct elf_segment_map **) arg2; | |
5296 | ||
5297 | if (m1->p_type != m2->p_type) | |
5298 | { | |
5299 | if (m1->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
5300 | return 1; | |
5301 | if (m2->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
5302 | return -1; | |
5303 | return m1->p_type < m2->p_type ? -1 : 1; | |
5304 | } | |
5305 | if (m1->includes_filehdr != m2->includes_filehdr) | |
5306 | return m1->includes_filehdr ? -1 : 1; | |
5307 | if (m1->no_sort_lma != m2->no_sort_lma) | |
5308 | return m1->no_sort_lma ? -1 : 1; | |
5309 | if (m1->p_type == PT_LOAD && !m1->no_sort_lma) | |
5310 | { | |
5311 | bfd_vma lma1, lma2; /* Octets. */ | |
5312 | lma1 = 0; | |
5313 | if (m1->p_paddr_valid) | |
5314 | lma1 = m1->p_paddr; | |
5315 | else if (m1->count != 0) | |
5316 | { | |
5317 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (m1->sections[0]->owner, | |
5318 | m1->sections[0]); | |
5319 | lma1 = (m1->sections[0]->lma + m1->p_vaddr_offset) * opb; | |
5320 | } | |
5321 | lma2 = 0; | |
5322 | if (m2->p_paddr_valid) | |
5323 | lma2 = m2->p_paddr; | |
5324 | else if (m2->count != 0) | |
5325 | { | |
5326 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (m2->sections[0]->owner, | |
5327 | m2->sections[0]); | |
5328 | lma2 = (m2->sections[0]->lma + m2->p_vaddr_offset) * opb; | |
5329 | } | |
5330 | if (lma1 != lma2) | |
5331 | return lma1 < lma2 ? -1 : 1; | |
5332 | } | |
5333 | if (m1->idx != m2->idx) | |
5334 | return m1->idx < m2->idx ? -1 : 1; | |
5335 | return 0; | |
5336 | } | |
5337 | ||
5338 | /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: | |
5339 | ||
5340 | We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just | |
5341 | not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not | |
5342 | negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types | |
5343 | are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a | |
5344 | larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, | |
5345 | which is wrong. | |
5346 | ||
5347 | What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by | |
5348 | the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo | |
5349 | the page size.'' */ | |
5350 | /* In other words, something like: | |
5351 | ||
5352 | vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; | |
5353 | off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; | |
5354 | if (vma_offset < off_offset) | |
5355 | adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; | |
5356 | else | |
5357 | adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; | |
5358 | ||
5359 | which can be collapsed into the expression below. */ | |
5360 | ||
5361 | static file_ptr | |
5362 | vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) | |
5363 | { | |
5364 | /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */ | |
5365 | if (maxpagesize == 0) | |
5366 | maxpagesize = 1; | |
5367 | return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); | |
5368 | } | |
5369 | ||
5370 | static void | |
5371 | print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) | |
5372 | { | |
5373 | unsigned int j; | |
5374 | const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); | |
5375 | char buf[32]; | |
5376 | ||
5377 | if (pt == NULL) | |
5378 | { | |
5379 | if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) | |
5380 | sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", | |
5381 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); | |
5382 | else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) | |
5383 | sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", | |
5384 | (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); | |
5385 | else | |
5386 | snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", | |
5387 | (unsigned int) m->p_type); | |
5388 | pt = buf; | |
5389 | } | |
5390 | fflush (stdout); | |
5391 | fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); | |
5392 | for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) | |
5393 | fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); | |
5394 | putc ('\n',stderr); | |
5395 | fflush (stderr); | |
5396 | } | |
5397 | ||
5398 | static bfd_boolean | |
5399 | write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) | |
5400 | { | |
5401 | void *buf; | |
5402 | bfd_boolean ret; | |
5403 | ||
5404 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
5405 | return FALSE; | |
5406 | buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); | |
5407 | if (buf == NULL) | |
5408 | return FALSE; | |
5409 | ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; | |
5410 | free (buf); | |
5411 | return ret; | |
5412 | } | |
5413 | ||
5414 | /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from | |
5415 | sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in | |
5416 | the file header. */ | |
5417 | ||
5418 | static bfd_boolean | |
5419 | assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, | |
5420 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
5421 | { | |
5422 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
5423 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
5424 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_load_seg; | |
5425 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
5426 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
5427 | file_ptr off; /* Octets. */ | |
5428 | bfd_size_type maxpagesize; | |
5429 | unsigned int alloc, actual; | |
5430 | unsigned int i, j; | |
5431 | struct elf_segment_map **sorted_seg_map; | |
5432 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL); | |
5433 | ||
5434 | if (link_info == NULL | |
5435 | && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) | |
5436 | return FALSE; | |
5437 | ||
5438 | alloc = 0; | |
5439 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
5440 | m->idx = alloc++; | |
5441 | ||
5442 | if (alloc) | |
5443 | { | |
5444 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5445 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5446 | } | |
5447 | else | |
5448 | { | |
5449 | /* PR binutils/12467. */ | |
5450 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; | |
5451 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; | |
5452 | } | |
5453 | ||
5454 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; | |
5455 | ||
5456 | if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
5457 | { | |
5458 | actual = alloc; | |
5459 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5460 | } | |
5461 | else | |
5462 | { | |
5463 | actual = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5464 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) | |
5465 | == actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); | |
5466 | BFD_ASSERT (actual >= alloc); | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | ||
5469 | if (alloc == 0) | |
5470 | { | |
5471 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5472 | return TRUE; | |
5473 | } | |
5474 | ||
5475 | /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd), | |
5476 | see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have | |
5477 | that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. | |
5478 | The variable alloc contains the computed need, while | |
5479 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the | |
5480 | layout. | |
5481 | See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments | |
5482 | where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the | |
5483 | last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ | |
5484 | phdrs = bfd_zalloc (abfd, (actual * sizeof (*phdrs) | |
5485 | + alloc * sizeof (*sorted_seg_map))); | |
5486 | sorted_seg_map = (struct elf_segment_map **) (phdrs + actual); | |
5487 | elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; | |
5488 | if (phdrs == NULL) | |
5489 | return FALSE; | |
5490 | ||
5491 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), j = 0; m != NULL; m = m->next, j++) | |
5492 | { | |
5493 | sorted_seg_map[j] = m; | |
5494 | /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the | |
5495 | sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should | |
5496 | not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may | |
5497 | contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. | |
5498 | Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ | |
5499 | if (m->count > 1 | |
5500 | && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE | |
5501 | && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) | |
5502 | { | |
5503 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
5504 | m->sections[i]->target_index = i; | |
5505 | qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), | |
5506 | elf_sort_sections); | |
5507 | } | |
5508 | } | |
5509 | if (alloc > 1) | |
5510 | qsort (sorted_seg_map, alloc, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map), | |
5511 | elf_sort_segments); | |
5512 | ||
5513 | maxpagesize = 1; | |
5514 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
5515 | maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; | |
5516 | ||
5517 | /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */ | |
5518 | off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5519 | /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program | |
5520 | headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual | |
5521 | position after the ELF file header. */ | |
5522 | phdr_load_seg = NULL; | |
5523 | for (j = 0; j < alloc; j++) | |
5524 | { | |
5525 | m = sorted_seg_map[j]; | |
5526 | if (m->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
5527 | break; | |
5528 | if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
5529 | { | |
5530 | phdr_load_seg = m; | |
5531 | break; | |
5532 | } | |
5533 | } | |
5534 | if (phdr_load_seg == NULL) | |
5535 | off += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5536 | ||
5537 | for (j = 0; j < alloc; j++) | |
5538 | { | |
5539 | asection **secpp; | |
5540 | bfd_vma off_adjust; /* Octets. */ | |
5541 | bfd_boolean no_contents; | |
5542 | ||
5543 | /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a | |
5544 | number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz | |
5545 | and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents | |
5546 | that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next | |
5547 | available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ | |
5548 | m = sorted_seg_map[j]; | |
5549 | p = phdrs + m->idx; | |
5550 | p->p_type = m->p_type; | |
5551 | p->p_flags = m->p_flags; | |
5552 | ||
5553 | if (m->count == 0) | |
5554 | p->p_vaddr = m->p_vaddr_offset * opb; | |
5555 | else | |
5556 | p->p_vaddr = (m->sections[0]->vma + m->p_vaddr_offset) * opb; | |
5557 | ||
5558 | if (m->p_paddr_valid) | |
5559 | p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; | |
5560 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
5561 | p->p_paddr = 0; | |
5562 | else | |
5563 | p->p_paddr = (m->sections[0]->lma + m->p_vaddr_offset) * opb; | |
5564 | ||
5565 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
5566 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) | |
5567 | { | |
5568 | /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores | |
5569 | the maximum page size. When copying an executable with | |
5570 | objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this | |
5571 | value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which | |
5572 | may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS | |
5573 | segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying | |
5574 | on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS | |
5575 | segment. */ | |
5576 | if (m->p_align_valid) | |
5577 | maxpagesize = m->p_align; | |
5578 | ||
5579 | p->p_align = maxpagesize; | |
5580 | } | |
5581 | else if (m->p_align_valid) | |
5582 | p->p_align = m->p_align; | |
5583 | else if (m->count == 0) | |
5584 | p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
5585 | ||
5586 | if (m == phdr_load_seg) | |
5587 | { | |
5588 | if (!m->includes_filehdr) | |
5589 | p->p_offset = off; | |
5590 | off += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5591 | } | |
5592 | ||
5593 | no_contents = FALSE; | |
5594 | off_adjust = 0; | |
5595 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
5596 | && m->count > 0) | |
5597 | { | |
5598 | bfd_size_type align; /* Bytes. */ | |
5599 | unsigned int align_power = 0; | |
5600 | ||
5601 | if (m->p_align_valid) | |
5602 | align = p->p_align; | |
5603 | else | |
5604 | { | |
5605 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
5606 | { | |
5607 | unsigned int secalign; | |
5608 | ||
5609 | secalign = bfd_section_alignment (*secpp); | |
5610 | if (secalign > align_power) | |
5611 | align_power = secalign; | |
5612 | } | |
5613 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; | |
5614 | if (align < maxpagesize) | |
5615 | align = maxpagesize; | |
5616 | } | |
5617 | ||
5618 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
5619 | if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) | |
5620 | /* If we aren't making room for this section, then | |
5621 | it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've | |
5622 | set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ | |
5623 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; | |
5624 | ||
5625 | /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable | |
5626 | sections. */ | |
5627 | no_contents = TRUE; | |
5628 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
5629 | if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) | |
5630 | { | |
5631 | no_contents = FALSE; | |
5632 | break; | |
5633 | } | |
5634 | ||
5635 | off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align * opb); | |
5636 | ||
5637 | /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not | |
5638 | map the same page with different permissions on some hppa | |
5639 | processors. */ | |
5640 | if (j != 0 | |
5641 | && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 | |
5642 | && bed->no_page_alias | |
5643 | && (off & (maxpagesize - 1)) != 0 | |
5644 | && ((off & -maxpagesize) | |
5645 | == ((off + off_adjust) & -maxpagesize))) | |
5646 | off_adjust += maxpagesize; | |
5647 | off += off_adjust; | |
5648 | if (no_contents) | |
5649 | { | |
5650 | /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since | |
5651 | the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI | |
5652 | arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so | |
5653 | checks it. So to comply with the alignment | |
5654 | requirement but not waste file space, we adjust | |
5655 | p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is | |
5656 | subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset | |
5657 | past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ | |
5658 | } | |
5659 | else | |
5660 | off_adjust = 0; | |
5661 | } | |
5662 | /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the | |
5663 | PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ | |
5664 | else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC | |
5665 | && m->count > 1 | |
5666 | && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) | |
5667 | { | |
5668 | _bfd_error_handler | |
5669 | (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment" | |
5670 | " is not the .dynamic section"), | |
5671 | abfd); | |
5672 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
5673 | return FALSE; | |
5674 | } | |
5675 | /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ | |
5676 | else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) | |
5677 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
5678 | elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; | |
5679 | ||
5680 | if (m->includes_filehdr) | |
5681 | { | |
5682 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
5683 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
5684 | p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5685 | p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5686 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
5687 | { | |
5688 | if (m->count > 0) | |
5689 | { | |
5690 | if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off | |
5691 | || (!m->p_paddr_valid | |
5692 | && p->p_paddr < (bfd_vma) off)) | |
5693 | { | |
5694 | _bfd_error_handler | |
5695 | (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers," | |
5696 | " try linking with -N"), | |
5697 | abfd); | |
5698 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
5699 | return FALSE; | |
5700 | } | |
5701 | p->p_vaddr -= off; | |
5702 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
5703 | p->p_paddr -= off; | |
5704 | } | |
5705 | } | |
5706 | else if (sorted_seg_map[0]->includes_filehdr) | |
5707 | { | |
5708 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *filehdr = phdrs + sorted_seg_map[0]->idx; | |
5709 | p->p_vaddr = filehdr->p_vaddr; | |
5710 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
5711 | p->p_paddr = filehdr->p_paddr; | |
5712 | } | |
5713 | } | |
5714 | ||
5715 | if (m->includes_phdrs) | |
5716 | { | |
5717 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
5718 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
5719 | p->p_filesz += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5720 | p->p_memsz += actual * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
5721 | if (!m->includes_filehdr) | |
5722 | { | |
5723 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
5724 | { | |
5725 | elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = p->p_offset; | |
5726 | if (m->count > 0) | |
5727 | { | |
5728 | p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
5729 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
5730 | p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; | |
5731 | } | |
5732 | } | |
5733 | else if (phdr_load_seg != NULL) | |
5734 | { | |
5735 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr = phdrs + phdr_load_seg->idx; | |
5736 | bfd_vma phdr_off = 0; /* Octets. */ | |
5737 | if (phdr_load_seg->includes_filehdr) | |
5738 | phdr_off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5739 | p->p_vaddr = phdr->p_vaddr + phdr_off; | |
5740 | if (!m->p_paddr_valid) | |
5741 | p->p_paddr = phdr->p_paddr + phdr_off; | |
5742 | p->p_offset = phdr->p_offset + phdr_off; | |
5743 | } | |
5744 | else | |
5745 | p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
5746 | } | |
5747 | } | |
5748 | ||
5749 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
5750 | || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) | |
5751 | { | |
5752 | if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) | |
5753 | { | |
5754 | p->p_offset = off; | |
5755 | if (no_contents) | |
5756 | { | |
5757 | /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments | |
5758 | without file contents somewhere within the first | |
5759 | page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */ | |
5760 | bfd_size_type align = maxpagesize; | |
5761 | if (align < p->p_align) | |
5762 | align = p->p_align; | |
5763 | if (align < 1) | |
5764 | align = 1; | |
5765 | p->p_offset = off % align; | |
5766 | } | |
5767 | } | |
5768 | else | |
5769 | { | |
5770 | file_ptr adjust; /* Octets. */ | |
5771 | ||
5772 | adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); | |
5773 | if (!no_contents) | |
5774 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
5775 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
5776 | } | |
5777 | } | |
5778 | ||
5779 | /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section | |
5780 | maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in | |
5781 | core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. | |
5782 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos | |
5783 | for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ | |
5784 | for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) | |
5785 | { | |
5786 | asection *sec; | |
5787 | bfd_size_type align; | |
5788 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
5789 | ||
5790 | sec = *secpp; | |
5791 | this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; | |
5792 | align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec); | |
5793 | ||
5794 | if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
5795 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS) | |
5796 | && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS | |
5797 | || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 | |
5798 | && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 | |
5799 | || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) | |
5800 | { | |
5801 | bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; /* Octets. */ | |
5802 | bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; /* Octets. */ | |
5803 | bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma * opb; /* Octets. */ | |
5804 | bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; /* Octets. */ | |
5805 | ||
5806 | if (adjust != 0 | |
5807 | && (s_start < p_end | |
5808 | || p_end < p_start)) | |
5809 | { | |
5810 | _bfd_error_handler | |
5811 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
5812 | (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64 " adjusted to %#" PRIx64), | |
5813 | abfd, sec, (uint64_t) s_start / opb, | |
5814 | (uint64_t) p_end / opb); | |
5815 | adjust = 0; | |
5816 | sec->lma = p_end / opb; | |
5817 | } | |
5818 | p->p_memsz += adjust; | |
5819 | ||
5820 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
5821 | { | |
5822 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
5823 | { | |
5824 | off_adjust = 0; | |
5825 | if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) | |
5826 | { | |
5827 | /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. | |
5828 | Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and | |
5829 | zero it. */ | |
5830 | adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; | |
5831 | if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) | |
5832 | return FALSE; | |
5833 | } | |
5834 | } | |
5835 | /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections | |
5836 | as would seem proper for their address when the | |
5837 | section is first in the segment. sh_offset | |
5838 | doesn't really have any significance for | |
5839 | SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position | |
5840 | relative to other sections. Historically we | |
5841 | didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some | |
5842 | programs depend on it not being adjusted. See | |
5843 | pr12921 and pr25662. */ | |
5844 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS || i == 0) | |
5845 | { | |
5846 | off += adjust; | |
5847 | if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS) | |
5848 | off_adjust += adjust; | |
5849 | } | |
5850 | } | |
5851 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
5852 | p->p_filesz += adjust; | |
5853 | } | |
5854 | ||
5855 | if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
5856 | { | |
5857 | /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains | |
5858 | everything. */ | |
5859 | if (i == 0) | |
5860 | { | |
5861 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; | |
5862 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5863 | p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5864 | p->p_memsz = 0; | |
5865 | p->p_align = 1; | |
5866 | } | |
5867 | else | |
5868 | { | |
5869 | /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ | |
5870 | sec->filepos = 0; | |
5871 | sec->size = 0; | |
5872 | sec->flags = 0; | |
5873 | continue; | |
5874 | } | |
5875 | } | |
5876 | else | |
5877 | { | |
5878 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
5879 | { | |
5880 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; | |
5881 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
5882 | off += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5883 | } | |
5884 | else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
5885 | && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 | |
5886 | && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) | |
5887 | { | |
5888 | /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. | |
5889 | (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a | |
5890 | final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it | |
5891 | would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and | |
5892 | p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This | |
5893 | also makes the PT_TLS header have the same | |
5894 | p_offset value. */ | |
5895 | bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, | |
5896 | off, align); | |
5897 | this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; | |
5898 | } | |
5899 | ||
5900 | if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
5901 | { | |
5902 | p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5903 | /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like | |
5904 | a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take | |
5905 | file space but are not loaded into memory. */ | |
5906 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
5907 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5908 | } | |
5909 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
5910 | { | |
5911 | if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) | |
5912 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5913 | ||
5914 | /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of | |
5915 | normal segments. */ | |
5916 | else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) | |
5917 | p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; | |
5918 | } | |
5919 | ||
5920 | if (align > p->p_align | |
5921 | && !m->p_align_valid | |
5922 | && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
5923 | || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) | |
5924 | p->p_align = align; | |
5925 | } | |
5926 | ||
5927 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
5928 | { | |
5929 | p->p_flags |= PF_R; | |
5930 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) | |
5931 | p->p_flags |= PF_X; | |
5932 | if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) | |
5933 | p->p_flags |= PF_W; | |
5934 | } | |
5935 | } | |
5936 | ||
5937 | off -= off_adjust; | |
5938 | ||
5939 | /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if | |
5940 | present, will be loaded into memory. */ | |
5941 | if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR | |
5942 | && phdr_load_seg == NULL | |
5943 | && !(bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr != NULL | |
5944 | && bed->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd, phdrs, alloc))) | |
5945 | { | |
5946 | /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being | |
5947 | used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or | |
5948 | leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */ | |
5949 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered" | |
5950 | " by LOAD segment"), | |
5951 | abfd); | |
5952 | if (link_info == NULL) | |
5953 | return FALSE; | |
5954 | /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting | |
5955 | the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */ | |
5956 | link_info->callbacks->info ("%X"); | |
5957 | } | |
5958 | ||
5959 | /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. | |
5960 | Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ | |
5961 | if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
5962 | { | |
5963 | bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; | |
5964 | ||
5965 | for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) | |
5966 | if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma | |
5967 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) | |
5968 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0 | |
5969 | && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) | |
5970 | ->this_hdr), p) != 0) | |
5971 | { | |
5972 | /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ | |
5973 | check_vma = FALSE; | |
5974 | break; | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | ||
5977 | for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) | |
5978 | { | |
5979 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
5980 | asection *sec; | |
5981 | ||
5982 | sec = m->sections[i]; | |
5983 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); | |
5984 | if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) | |
5985 | && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) | |
5986 | { | |
5987 | _bfd_error_handler | |
5988 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
5989 | (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"), | |
5990 | abfd, sec, j); | |
5991 | print_segment_map (m); | |
5992 | } | |
5993 | } | |
5994 | } | |
5995 | } | |
5996 | ||
5997 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; | |
5998 | ||
5999 | if (link_info != NULL | |
6000 | && phdr_load_seg != NULL | |
6001 | && phdr_load_seg->includes_filehdr) | |
6002 | { | |
6003 | /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the | |
6004 | program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. | |
6005 | A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ | |
6006 | ||
6007 | struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash | |
6008 | = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", | |
6009 | FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); | |
6010 | /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ | |
6011 | if (hash != NULL | |
6012 | && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new | |
6013 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined | |
6014 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak | |
6015 | || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) | |
6016 | { | |
6017 | asection *s = NULL; | |
6018 | bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr = phdrs[phdr_load_seg->idx].p_vaddr / opb; | |
6019 | ||
6020 | if (phdr_load_seg->count != 0) | |
6021 | /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ | |
6022 | s = phdr_load_seg->sections[0]; | |
6023 | else | |
6024 | /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ | |
6025 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
6026 | if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD && m->count != 0) | |
6027 | { | |
6028 | s = m->sections[0]; | |
6029 | break; | |
6030 | } | |
6031 | ||
6032 | if (s != NULL) | |
6033 | { | |
6034 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; | |
6035 | hash->root.u.def.section = s; | |
6036 | } | |
6037 | else | |
6038 | { | |
6039 | hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; | |
6040 | hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; | |
6041 | } | |
6042 | ||
6043 | hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; | |
6044 | hash->def_regular = 1; | |
6045 | hash->non_elf = 0; | |
6046 | } | |
6047 | } | |
6048 | ||
6049 | return TRUE; | |
6050 | } | |
6051 | ||
6052 | /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there | |
6053 | is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to | |
6054 | use heuristics instead. */ | |
6055 | ||
6056 | bfd_boolean | |
6057 | is_debuginfo_file (bfd *abfd) | |
6058 | { | |
6059 | if (abfd == NULL || bfd_get_flavour (abfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
6060 | return FALSE; | |
6061 | ||
6062 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **start_headers = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
6063 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **end_headers = start_headers + elf_numsections (abfd); | |
6064 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **headerp; | |
6065 | ||
6066 | for (headerp = start_headers; headerp < end_headers; headerp ++) | |
6067 | { | |
6068 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *header = * headerp; | |
6069 | ||
6070 | /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections. | |
6071 | The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */ | |
6072 | if ((header->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) == SHF_ALLOC | |
6073 | && header->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS | |
6074 | && header->sh_type != SHT_NOTE) | |
6075 | return FALSE; | |
6076 | } | |
6077 | ||
6078 | return TRUE; | |
6079 | } | |
6080 | ||
6081 | /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging | |
6082 | and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */ | |
6083 | ||
6084 | static bfd_boolean | |
6085 | assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, | |
6086 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
6087 | { | |
6088 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6089 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; | |
6090 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp; | |
6091 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; | |
6092 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; | |
6093 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
6094 | file_ptr off; | |
6095 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, NULL); | |
6096 | ||
6097 | i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
6098 | end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); | |
6099 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); | |
6100 | for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++) | |
6101 | { | |
6102 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
6103 | ||
6104 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
6105 | if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
6106 | && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 | |
6107 | || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS | |
6108 | && hdr->contents == NULL))) | |
6109 | BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); | |
6110 | else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) | |
6111 | { | |
6112 | if (hdr->sh_size != 0 | |
6113 | /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly | |
6114 | compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often | |
6115 | have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any | |
6116 | loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files, | |
6117 | so do not warn about them. */ | |
6118 | && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd)) | |
6119 | _bfd_error_handler | |
6120 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
6121 | (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), | |
6122 | abfd, | |
6123 | (hdr->bfd_section == NULL | |
6124 | ? "*unknown*" | |
6125 | : hdr->bfd_section->name)); | |
6126 | /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ | |
6127 | if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) | |
6128 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, | |
6129 | bed->maxpagesize); | |
6130 | else | |
6131 | off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, | |
6132 | hdr->sh_addralign); | |
6133 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, | |
6134 | FALSE); | |
6135 | } | |
6136 | else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
6137 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) | |
6138 | /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has | |
6139 | not been decided. */ | |
6140 | || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
6141 | && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS | |
6142 | || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr->bfd_section) | |
6143 | && abfd->is_linker_output))) | |
6144 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] | |
6145 | || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL | |
6146 | && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) | |
6147 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] | |
6148 | || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)]) | |
6149 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
6150 | else | |
6151 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
6152 | } | |
6153 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; | |
6154 | ||
6155 | /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up | |
6156 | the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
6157 | phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; | |
6158 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) | |
6159 | { | |
6160 | if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) | |
6161 | { | |
6162 | bfd_vma start, end; /* Bytes. */ | |
6163 | bfd_boolean ok; | |
6164 | ||
6165 | if (link_info != NULL) | |
6166 | { | |
6167 | /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed | |
6168 | in link_info. Note that there may be padding between | |
6169 | relro_start and the first RELRO section. */ | |
6170 | start = link_info->relro_start; | |
6171 | end = link_info->relro_end; | |
6172 | } | |
6173 | else if (m->count != 0) | |
6174 | { | |
6175 | if (!m->p_size_valid) | |
6176 | abort (); | |
6177 | start = m->sections[0]->vma; | |
6178 | end = start + m->p_size / opb; | |
6179 | } | |
6180 | else | |
6181 | { | |
6182 | start = 0; | |
6183 | end = 0; | |
6184 | } | |
6185 | ||
6186 | ok = FALSE; | |
6187 | if (start < end) | |
6188 | { | |
6189 | struct elf_segment_map *lm; | |
6190 | const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; | |
6191 | unsigned int i; | |
6192 | ||
6193 | /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO | |
6194 | segment. */ | |
6195 | for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs; | |
6196 | lm != NULL; | |
6197 | lm = lm->next, lp++) | |
6198 | { | |
6199 | if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
6200 | && lm->count != 0 | |
6201 | && (lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->vma | |
6202 | + (!IS_TBSS (lm->sections[lm->count - 1]) | |
6203 | ? lm->sections[lm->count - 1]->size / opb | |
6204 | : 0)) > start | |
6205 | && lm->sections[0]->vma < end) | |
6206 | break; | |
6207 | } | |
6208 | ||
6209 | if (lm != NULL) | |
6210 | { | |
6211 | /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */ | |
6212 | for (i = 0; i < lm->count; i++) | |
6213 | { | |
6214 | asection *s = lm->sections[i]; | |
6215 | if (s->vma >= start | |
6216 | && s->vma < end | |
6217 | && s->size != 0) | |
6218 | break; | |
6219 | } | |
6220 | ||
6221 | if (i < lm->count) | |
6222 | { | |
6223 | p->p_vaddr = lm->sections[i]->vma * opb; | |
6224 | p->p_paddr = lm->sections[i]->lma * opb; | |
6225 | p->p_offset = lm->sections[i]->filepos; | |
6226 | p->p_memsz = end * opb - p->p_vaddr; | |
6227 | p->p_filesz = p->p_memsz; | |
6228 | ||
6229 | /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes | |
6230 | into .got.plt but other layouts are possible. | |
6231 | In cases where the end does not match any | |
6232 | loaded section (for instance is in file | |
6233 | padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to | |
6234 | the end of loaded section contents. */ | |
6235 | if (p->p_filesz > lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr) | |
6236 | p->p_filesz = lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz - p->p_vaddr; | |
6237 | ||
6238 | /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are | |
6239 | valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for | |
6240 | the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for | |
6241 | objcopy/strip to honor these attributes | |
6242 | otherwise gdb will choke when using separate | |
6243 | debug files. */ | |
6244 | if (!m->p_align_valid) | |
6245 | p->p_align = 1; | |
6246 | if (!m->p_flags_valid) | |
6247 | p->p_flags = PF_R; | |
6248 | ok = TRUE; | |
6249 | } | |
6250 | } | |
6251 | } | |
6252 | if (link_info != NULL) | |
6253 | BFD_ASSERT (ok); | |
6254 | if (!ok) | |
6255 | memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); | |
6256 | } | |
6257 | else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) | |
6258 | { | |
6259 | if (m->p_size_valid) | |
6260 | p->p_memsz = m->p_size; | |
6261 | } | |
6262 | else if (m->count != 0) | |
6263 | { | |
6264 | unsigned int i; | |
6265 | ||
6266 | if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
6267 | && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE | |
6268 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) | |
6269 | { | |
6270 | /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR | |
6271 | segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */ | |
6272 | if (p->p_type == PT_PHDR) | |
6273 | { | |
6274 | m->count = 0; | |
6275 | continue; | |
6276 | } | |
6277 | ||
6278 | if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs) | |
6279 | { | |
6280 | /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */ | |
6281 | _bfd_error_handler | |
6282 | (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header " | |
6283 | "and/or program header"), | |
6284 | abfd, (int) (p - phdrs)); | |
6285 | return FALSE; | |
6286 | } | |
6287 | ||
6288 | p->p_filesz = 0; | |
6289 | p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; | |
6290 | for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) | |
6291 | { | |
6292 | asection *sect = m->sections[i]; | |
6293 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; | |
6294 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) | |
6295 | { | |
6296 | p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos | |
6297 | + hdr->sh_size); | |
6298 | break; | |
6299 | } | |
6300 | } | |
6301 | } | |
6302 | } | |
6303 | } | |
6304 | ||
6305 | return TRUE; | |
6306 | } | |
6307 | ||
6308 | static elf_section_list * | |
6309 | find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list) | |
6310 | { | |
6311 | for (;list != NULL; list = list->next) | |
6312 | if (list->ndx == i) | |
6313 | break; | |
6314 | return list; | |
6315 | } | |
6316 | ||
6317 | /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by | |
6318 | _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and | |
6319 | VMAs must be known before this is called. | |
6320 | ||
6321 | Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as | |
6322 | "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that | |
6323 | bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal | |
6324 | bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort | |
6325 | here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not | |
6326 | assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which | |
6327 | nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by | |
6328 | assign_file_positions_for_relocs. | |
6329 | ||
6330 | We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ | |
6331 | ||
6332 | static bfd_boolean | |
6333 | assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, | |
6334 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
6335 | { | |
6336 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
6337 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6338 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6339 | unsigned int alloc; | |
6340 | ||
6341 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 | |
6342 | && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) | |
6343 | { | |
6344 | Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
6345 | unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
6346 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; | |
6347 | unsigned int i; | |
6348 | file_ptr off; | |
6349 | ||
6350 | /* Start after the ELF header. */ | |
6351 | off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; | |
6352 | ||
6353 | /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are | |
6354 | not creating a program header, and that the actual order of | |
6355 | the sections in the file is unimportant. */ | |
6356 | for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) | |
6357 | { | |
6358 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
6359 | ||
6360 | hdr = *hdrpp; | |
6361 | if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) | |
6362 | && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) | |
6363 | /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know | |
6364 | their sizes. */ | |
6365 | || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL | |
6366 | && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS | |
6367 | || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr->bfd_section) | |
6368 | && abfd->is_linker_output))) | |
6369 | || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd) | |
6370 | || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL | |
6371 | && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) | |
6372 | || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd) | |
6373 | || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)) | |
6374 | { | |
6375 | hdr->sh_offset = -1; | |
6376 | } | |
6377 | else | |
6378 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); | |
6379 | } | |
6380 | ||
6381 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; | |
6382 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = 0; | |
6383 | } | |
6384 | else | |
6385 | { | |
6386 | /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the | |
6387 | assignment of sections to segments. */ | |
6388 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) | |
6389 | return FALSE; | |
6390 | ||
6391 | /* And for non-load sections. */ | |
6392 | if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) | |
6393 | return FALSE; | |
6394 | } | |
6395 | ||
6396 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_headers) (abfd, link_info)) | |
6397 | return FALSE; | |
6398 | ||
6399 | /* Write out the program headers. */ | |
6400 | alloc = i_ehdrp->e_phnum; | |
6401 | if (alloc != 0) | |
6402 | { | |
6403 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_ehdrp->e_phoff, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
6404 | || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) | |
6405 | return FALSE; | |
6406 | } | |
6407 | ||
6408 | return TRUE; | |
6409 | } | |
6410 | ||
6411 | bfd_boolean | |
6412 | _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd *abfd, | |
6413 | struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
6414 | { | |
6415 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ | |
6416 | struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; | |
6417 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6418 | ||
6419 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6420 | ||
6421 | shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); | |
6422 | if (shstrtab == NULL) | |
6423 | return FALSE; | |
6424 | ||
6425 | elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; | |
6426 | ||
6427 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; | |
6428 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; | |
6429 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; | |
6430 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; | |
6431 | ||
6432 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; | |
6433 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = | |
6434 | bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; | |
6435 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; | |
6436 | ||
6437 | if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) | |
6438 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; | |
6439 | else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) | |
6440 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; | |
6441 | else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) | |
6442 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; | |
6443 | else | |
6444 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; | |
6445 | ||
6446 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
6447 | { | |
6448 | case bfd_arch_unknown: | |
6449 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; | |
6450 | break; | |
6451 | ||
6452 | /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting | |
6453 | e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE | |
6454 | in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, | |
6455 | the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling | |
6456 | can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), | |
6457 | unless they need the information earlier than the final write. | |
6458 | Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for | |
6459 | e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ | |
6460 | default: | |
6461 | i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; | |
6462 | } | |
6463 | ||
6464 | i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; | |
6465 | i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
6466 | ||
6467 | /* No program header, for now. */ | |
6468 | i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; | |
6469 | i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; | |
6470 | i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; | |
6471 | ||
6472 | /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ | |
6473 | i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); | |
6474 | i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; | |
6475 | ||
6476 | elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
6477 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); | |
6478 | elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
6479 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); | |
6480 | elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = | |
6481 | (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); | |
6482 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
6483 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 | |
6484 | || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) | |
6485 | return FALSE; | |
6486 | ||
6487 | return TRUE; | |
6488 | } | |
6489 | ||
6490 | /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. | |
6491 | ||
6492 | FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into | |
6493 | ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs, | |
6494 | including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be | |
6495 | changed or the programs updated. */ | |
6496 | ||
6497 | bfd_boolean | |
6498 | _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd *obfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
6499 | { | |
6500 | if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info)) | |
6501 | { | |
6502 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (obfd); | |
6503 | unsigned int num_segments = i_ehdrp->e_phnum; | |
6504 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (obfd); | |
6505 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = tdata->phdr; | |
6506 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments]; | |
6507 | ||
6508 | /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
6509 | bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1; | |
6510 | for (; segment < end_segment; segment++) | |
6511 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr) | |
6512 | p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr; | |
6513 | ||
6514 | /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD | |
6515 | segments is non-zero. */ | |
6516 | if (p_vaddr) | |
6517 | i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; | |
6518 | } | |
6519 | return TRUE; | |
6520 | } | |
6521 | ||
6522 | /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part | |
6523 | of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */ | |
6524 | ||
6525 | static bfd_boolean | |
6526 | _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd) | |
6527 | { | |
6528 | file_ptr off; | |
6529 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp; | |
6530 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; | |
6531 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; | |
6532 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
6533 | ||
6534 | off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); | |
6535 | ||
6536 | shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
6537 | end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); | |
6538 | for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++) | |
6539 | { | |
6540 | shdrp = *shdrpp; | |
6541 | if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1) | |
6542 | { | |
6543 | asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section; | |
6544 | bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL | |
6545 | || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA); | |
6546 | bfd_boolean is_ctf = sec && bfd_section_is_ctf (sec); | |
6547 | if (is_rel | |
6548 | || is_ctf | |
6549 | || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))) | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | if (!is_rel && !is_ctf) | |
6552 | { | |
6553 | const char *name = sec->name; | |
6554 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; | |
6555 | ||
6556 | /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ | |
6557 | if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec, | |
6558 | shdrp->contents)) | |
6559 | return FALSE; | |
6560 | ||
6561 | if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE | |
6562 | && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0) | |
6563 | { | |
6564 | /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert | |
6565 | section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */ | |
6566 | char *new_name | |
6567 | = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); | |
6568 | if (new_name == NULL) | |
6569 | return FALSE; | |
6570 | name = new_name; | |
6571 | } | |
6572 | /* Add section name to section name section. */ | |
6573 | if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) | |
6574 | abort (); | |
6575 | shdrp->sh_name | |
6576 | = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
6577 | name, FALSE); | |
6578 | d = elf_section_data (sec); | |
6579 | ||
6580 | /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */ | |
6581 | if (d->rel.hdr | |
6582 | && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, | |
6583 | d->rel.hdr, | |
6584 | name, FALSE)) | |
6585 | return FALSE; | |
6586 | if (d->rela.hdr | |
6587 | && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, | |
6588 | d->rela.hdr, | |
6589 | name, TRUE)) | |
6590 | return FALSE; | |
6591 | ||
6592 | /* Update section size and contents. */ | |
6593 | shdrp->sh_size = sec->size; | |
6594 | shdrp->contents = sec->contents; | |
6595 | shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL; | |
6596 | } | |
6597 | else if (is_ctf) | |
6598 | { | |
6599 | /* Update section size and contents. */ | |
6600 | shdrp->sh_size = sec->size; | |
6601 | shdrp->contents = sec->contents; | |
6602 | } | |
6603 | ||
6604 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, | |
6605 | off, | |
6606 | TRUE); | |
6607 | } | |
6608 | } | |
6609 | } | |
6610 | ||
6611 | /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been | |
6612 | compressed. */ | |
6613 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
6614 | shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; | |
6615 | shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
6616 | off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); | |
6617 | ||
6618 | /* Place the section headers. */ | |
6619 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
6620 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6621 | off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); | |
6622 | i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; | |
6623 | off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; | |
6624 | elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; | |
6625 | ||
6626 | return TRUE; | |
6627 | } | |
6628 | ||
6629 | bfd_boolean | |
6630 | _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) | |
6631 | { | |
6632 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6633 | Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; | |
6634 | bfd_boolean failed; | |
6635 | unsigned int count, num_sec; | |
6636 | struct elf_obj_tdata *t; | |
6637 | ||
6638 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
6639 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) | |
6640 | return FALSE; | |
6641 | /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update. | |
6642 | abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new | |
6643 | sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted. | |
6644 | This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have | |
6645 | changed. | |
6646 | If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have | |
6647 | already been written to the BFD. */ | |
6648 | else if (abfd->direction == both_direction) | |
6649 | { | |
6650 | BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); | |
6651 | return TRUE; | |
6652 | } | |
6653 | ||
6654 | i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); | |
6655 | ||
6656 | failed = FALSE; | |
6657 | bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); | |
6658 | if (failed) | |
6659 | return FALSE; | |
6660 | ||
6661 | if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd)) | |
6662 | return FALSE; | |
6663 | ||
6664 | /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ | |
6665 | num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); | |
6666 | for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) | |
6667 | { | |
6668 | i_shdrp[count]->sh_name | |
6669 | = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), | |
6670 | i_shdrp[count]->sh_name); | |
6671 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) | |
6672 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count])) | |
6673 | return FALSE; | |
6674 | if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) | |
6675 | { | |
6676 | bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; | |
6677 | ||
6678 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
6679 | || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) | |
6680 | return FALSE; | |
6681 | } | |
6682 | } | |
6683 | ||
6684 | /* Write out the section header names. */ | |
6685 | t = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
6686 | if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL | |
6687 | && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
6688 | || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) | |
6689 | return FALSE; | |
6690 | ||
6691 | if (!(*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd)) | |
6692 | return FALSE; | |
6693 | ||
6694 | if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) | |
6695 | return FALSE; | |
6696 | ||
6697 | /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ | |
6698 | if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL) | |
6699 | return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd); | |
6700 | ||
6701 | return TRUE; | |
6702 | } | |
6703 | ||
6704 | bfd_boolean | |
6705 | _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) | |
6706 | { | |
6707 | /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ | |
6708 | return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); | |
6709 | } | |
6710 | ||
6711 | /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ | |
6712 | ||
6713 | unsigned int | |
6714 | _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) | |
6715 | { | |
6716 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
6717 | unsigned int sec_index; | |
6718 | ||
6719 | if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL | |
6720 | && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) | |
6721 | return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; | |
6722 | ||
6723 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) | |
6724 | sec_index = SHN_ABS; | |
6725 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) | |
6726 | sec_index = SHN_COMMON; | |
6727 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) | |
6728 | sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; | |
6729 | else | |
6730 | sec_index = SHN_BAD; | |
6731 | ||
6732 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
6733 | if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) | |
6734 | { | |
6735 | int retval = sec_index; | |
6736 | ||
6737 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) | |
6738 | return retval; | |
6739 | } | |
6740 | ||
6741 | if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) | |
6742 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); | |
6743 | ||
6744 | return sec_index; | |
6745 | } | |
6746 | ||
6747 | /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 | |
6748 | on error. */ | |
6749 | ||
6750 | int | |
6751 | _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) | |
6752 | { | |
6753 | asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; | |
6754 | int idx; | |
6755 | flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; | |
6756 | ||
6757 | /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its | |
6758 | own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the | |
6759 | symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating | |
6760 | relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the | |
6761 | input sections rather than the output section. */ | |
6762 | if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 | |
6763 | && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
6764 | && asym_ptr->section) | |
6765 | { | |
6766 | asection *sec; | |
6767 | int indx; | |
6768 | ||
6769 | sec = asym_ptr->section; | |
6770 | if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) | |
6771 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
6772 | if (sec->owner == abfd | |
6773 | && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) | |
6774 | && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) | |
6775 | asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; | |
6776 | } | |
6777 | ||
6778 | idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; | |
6779 | ||
6780 | if (idx == 0) | |
6781 | { | |
6782 | /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol | |
6783 | which is used in a relocation entry. */ | |
6784 | _bfd_error_handler | |
6785 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
6786 | (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"), | |
6787 | abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); | |
6788 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); | |
6789 | return -1; | |
6790 | } | |
6791 | ||
6792 | #if DEBUG & 4 | |
6793 | { | |
6794 | fprintf (stderr, | |
6795 | "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n", | |
6796 | (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags); | |
6797 | fflush (stderr); | |
6798 | } | |
6799 | #endif | |
6800 | ||
6801 | return idx; | |
6802 | } | |
6803 | ||
6804 | /* Rewrite program header information. */ | |
6805 | ||
6806 | static bfd_boolean | |
6807 | rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
6808 | { | |
6809 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; | |
6810 | struct elf_segment_map *map; | |
6811 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; | |
6812 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; | |
6813 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
6814 | asection *section; | |
6815 | unsigned int i; | |
6816 | unsigned int num_segments; | |
6817 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; | |
6818 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; | |
6819 | bfd_vma maxpagesize; | |
6820 | struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; | |
6821 | unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; | |
6822 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
6823 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd, NULL); | |
6824 | ||
6825 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
6826 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
6827 | ||
6828 | map_first = NULL; | |
6829 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; | |
6830 | ||
6831 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
6832 | maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; | |
6833 | ||
6834 | /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ | |
6835 | #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ | |
6836 | (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ | |
6837 | ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) | |
6838 | ||
6839 | #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ | |
6840 | (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ | |
6841 | != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ | |
6842 | ? section->size : 0) | |
6843 | ||
6844 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within | |
6845 | the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ | |
6846 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \ | |
6847 | (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \ | |
6848 | && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ | |
6849 | <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) | |
6850 | ||
6851 | /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within | |
6852 | the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ | |
6853 | #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \ | |
6854 | (section->lma * (opb) >= base \ | |
6855 | && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \ | |
6856 | && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ | |
6857 | <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) | |
6858 | ||
6859 | /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ | |
6860 | #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ | |
6861 | (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ | |
6862 | && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ | |
6863 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
6864 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ | |
6865 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) | |
6866 | ||
6867 | /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo | |
6868 | etc. */ | |
6869 | #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ | |
6870 | (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ | |
6871 | && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ | |
6872 | && s->vma == 0 \ | |
6873 | && s->lma == 0) | |
6874 | ||
6875 | /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris | |
6876 | linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and | |
6877 | p_memsz set to 0. */ | |
6878 | #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ | |
6879 | (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ | |
6880 | && p->p_paddr == 0 \ | |
6881 | && p->p_memsz == 0 \ | |
6882 | && p->p_filesz > 0 \ | |
6883 | && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ | |
6884 | && s->size > 0 \ | |
6885 | && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ | |
6886 | && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ | |
6887 | <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) | |
6888 | ||
6889 | /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. | |
6890 | A section will be included if: | |
6891 | 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA | |
6892 | if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, | |
6893 | 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE | |
6894 | segment. | |
6895 | 3. There is an output section associated with it, | |
6896 | 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. | |
6897 | 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. | |
6898 | 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. | |
6899 | 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. | |
6900 | 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning | |
6901 | (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ | |
6902 | #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \ | |
6903 | ((((segment->p_paddr \ | |
6904 | ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \ | |
6905 | : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \ | |
6906 | && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ | |
6907 | || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ | |
6908 | && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ | |
6909 | && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ | |
6910 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ | |
6911 | && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ | |
6912 | || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ | |
6913 | || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ | |
6914 | && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ | |
6915 | || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ | |
6916 | || (segment->p_paddr \ | |
6917 | ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \ | |
6918 | : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \ | |
6919 | || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \ | |
6920 | && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark)) | |
6921 | ||
6922 | /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, | |
6923 | it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ | |
6924 | #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \ | |
6925 | (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \ | |
6926 | && section->output_section != NULL) | |
6927 | ||
6928 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ | |
6929 | #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ | |
6930 | (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) | |
6931 | ||
6932 | /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both | |
6933 | their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. | |
6934 | It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA | |
6935 | ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped | |
6936 | to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different | |
6937 | LMA. */ | |
6938 | #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ | |
6939 | ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ | |
6940 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ | |
6941 | && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ | |
6942 | || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) | |
6943 | ||
6944 | /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ | |
6945 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
6946 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
6947 | ||
6948 | /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the | |
6949 | p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a | |
6950 | file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it | |
6951 | don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ | |
6952 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; | |
6953 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
6954 | i < num_segments; | |
6955 | i++, segment++) | |
6956 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) | |
6957 | { | |
6958 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; | |
6959 | break; | |
6960 | } | |
6961 | ||
6962 | /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header | |
6963 | of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps | |
6964 | in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird | |
6965 | parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ | |
6966 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
6967 | i < num_segments; | |
6968 | i++, segment++) | |
6969 | { | |
6970 | unsigned int j; | |
6971 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; | |
6972 | ||
6973 | if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) | |
6974 | for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) | |
6975 | if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) | |
6976 | { | |
6977 | /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment | |
6978 | assignment code will work. */ | |
6979 | segment->p_vaddr = section->vma * opb; | |
6980 | break; | |
6981 | } | |
6982 | ||
6983 | if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
6984 | { | |
6985 | /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ | |
6986 | if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) | |
6987 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
6988 | continue; | |
6989 | } | |
6990 | ||
6991 | /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ | |
6992 | for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) | |
6993 | { | |
6994 | bfd_signed_vma extra_length; | |
6995 | ||
6996 | if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD | |
6997 | || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) | |
6998 | continue; | |
6999 | ||
7000 | /* Merge the two segments together. */ | |
7001 | if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) | |
7002 | { | |
7003 | /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete | |
7004 | SEGMENT. */ | |
7005 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) | |
7006 | - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); | |
7007 | ||
7008 | if (extra_length > 0) | |
7009 | { | |
7010 | segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
7011 | segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
7012 | } | |
7013 | ||
7014 | segment->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
7015 | ||
7016 | /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ | |
7017 | i = 0; | |
7018 | segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7019 | break; | |
7020 | } | |
7021 | else | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete | |
7024 | SEGMENT2. */ | |
7025 | extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) | |
7026 | - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); | |
7027 | ||
7028 | if (extra_length > 0) | |
7029 | { | |
7030 | segment->p_memsz += extra_length; | |
7031 | segment->p_filesz += extra_length; | |
7032 | } | |
7033 | ||
7034 | segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; | |
7035 | } | |
7036 | } | |
7037 | } | |
7038 | ||
7039 | /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ | |
7040 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7041 | i < num_segments; | |
7042 | i++, segment++) | |
7043 | { | |
7044 | unsigned int section_count; | |
7045 | asection **sections; | |
7046 | asection *output_section; | |
7047 | unsigned int isec; | |
7048 | asection *matching_lma; | |
7049 | asection *suggested_lma; | |
7050 | unsigned int j; | |
7051 | size_t amt; | |
7052 | asection *first_section; | |
7053 | ||
7054 | if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) | |
7055 | continue; | |
7056 | ||
7057 | first_section = NULL; | |
7058 | /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ | |
7059 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; | |
7060 | section != NULL; | |
7061 | section = section->next) | |
7062 | { | |
7063 | /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be | |
7064 | removed from the corresponding output segment. */ | |
7065 | if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb)) | |
7066 | { | |
7067 | if (first_section == NULL) | |
7068 | first_section = section; | |
7069 | if (section->output_section != NULL) | |
7070 | ++section_count; | |
7071 | } | |
7072 | } | |
7073 | ||
7074 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain | |
7075 | all of the sections we have selected. */ | |
7076 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
7077 | amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
7078 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); | |
7079 | if (map == NULL) | |
7080 | return FALSE; | |
7081 | ||
7082 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to | |
7083 | using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ | |
7084 | map->next = NULL; | |
7085 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
7086 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
7087 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
7088 | ||
7089 | /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is | |
7090 | no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding | |
7091 | output segment. */ | |
7092 | if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) | |
7093 | { | |
7094 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
7095 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
7096 | } | |
7097 | ||
7098 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
7099 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
7100 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 | |
7101 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
7102 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
7103 | ||
7104 | if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
7105 | { | |
7106 | map->includes_phdrs = | |
7107 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
7108 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
7109 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
7110 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
7111 | ||
7112 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) | |
7113 | phdr_included = TRUE; | |
7114 | } | |
7115 | ||
7116 | if (section_count == 0) | |
7117 | { | |
7118 | /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain | |
7119 | no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain | |
7120 | something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only | |
7121 | a warning is produced. | |
7122 | There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which | |
7123 | have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize | |
7124 | flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */ | |
7125 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
7126 | && (segment->p_filesz > 0 || segment->p_memsz == 0)) | |
7127 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
7128 | _bfd_error_handler | |
7129 | (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected" | |
7130 | " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64 ", is this intentional?"), | |
7131 | ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_vaddr); | |
7132 | ||
7133 | map->p_vaddr_offset = segment->p_vaddr / opb; | |
7134 | map->count = 0; | |
7135 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
7136 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
7137 | ||
7138 | continue; | |
7139 | } | |
7140 | ||
7141 | /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt | |
7142 | to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. | |
7143 | The problem here is how to handle an output section which has | |
7144 | been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: | |
7145 | ||
7146 | 1. None of the sections have been moved. | |
7147 | In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the | |
7148 | input BFD. | |
7149 | ||
7150 | 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. | |
7151 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
7152 | of the first section. | |
7153 | ||
7154 | 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. | |
7155 | In this case those sections which have not been moved can be | |
7156 | placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, | |
7157 | and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will | |
7158 | have to be created to contain the other sections. | |
7159 | ||
7160 | 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. | |
7161 | In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA | |
7162 | of the first section and we will have to create a new segment | |
7163 | or segments to contain the other sections. | |
7164 | ||
7165 | In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section | |
7166 | pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned | |
7167 | to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ | |
7168 | ||
7169 | amt = section_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
7170 | sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt); | |
7171 | if (sections == NULL) | |
7172 | return FALSE; | |
7173 | ||
7174 | /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. | |
7175 | Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. | |
7176 | Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common | |
7177 | case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that | |
7178 | we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing | |
7179 | more to do. */ | |
7180 | isec = 0; | |
7181 | matching_lma = NULL; | |
7182 | suggested_lma = NULL; | |
7183 | ||
7184 | for (section = first_section, j = 0; | |
7185 | section != NULL; | |
7186 | section = section->next) | |
7187 | { | |
7188 | if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb)) | |
7189 | { | |
7190 | output_section = section->output_section; | |
7191 | ||
7192 | sections[j++] = section; | |
7193 | ||
7194 | /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. | |
7195 | We try to catch that case here, and set it to the | |
7196 | correct value. Note - some backends require that | |
7197 | p_paddr be left as zero. */ | |
7198 | if (!p_paddr_valid | |
7199 | && segment->p_vaddr != 0 | |
7200 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero | |
7201 | && isec == 0 | |
7202 | && output_section->lma != 0 | |
7203 | && (align_power (segment->p_vaddr | |
7204 | + (map->includes_filehdr | |
7205 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) | |
7206 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
7207 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
7208 | : 0), | |
7209 | output_section->alignment_power * opb) | |
7210 | == (output_section->vma * opb))) | |
7211 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; | |
7212 | ||
7213 | /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the | |
7214 | LMA address of the output section. */ | |
7215 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr, | |
7216 | opb) | |
7217 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) | |
7218 | || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero | |
7219 | && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment, opb))) | |
7220 | { | |
7221 | if (matching_lma == NULL | |
7222 | || output_section->lma < matching_lma->lma) | |
7223 | matching_lma = output_section; | |
7224 | ||
7225 | /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment | |
7226 | then it does not overlap any other section within that | |
7227 | segment. */ | |
7228 | map->sections[isec++] = output_section; | |
7229 | } | |
7230 | else if (suggested_lma == NULL) | |
7231 | suggested_lma = output_section; | |
7232 | ||
7233 | if (j == section_count) | |
7234 | break; | |
7235 | } | |
7236 | } | |
7237 | ||
7238 | BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); | |
7239 | ||
7240 | /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, | |
7241 | if necessary. */ | |
7242 | if (isec == section_count) | |
7243 | { | |
7244 | /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently | |
7245 | specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to | |
7246 | the list of built segments and carry on to process the next | |
7247 | program header in the input BFD. */ | |
7248 | map->count = section_count; | |
7249 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
7250 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
7251 | ||
7252 | if (p_paddr_valid | |
7253 | && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) | |
7254 | { | |
7255 | bfd_vma hdr_size = 0; | |
7256 | if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
7257 | hdr_size = iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
7258 | if (map->includes_phdrs) | |
7259 | hdr_size += iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
7260 | ||
7261 | /* Account for padding before the first section in the | |
7262 | segment. */ | |
7263 | map->p_vaddr_offset = ((map->p_paddr + hdr_size) / opb | |
7264 | - matching_lma->lma); | |
7265 | } | |
7266 | ||
7267 | free (sections); | |
7268 | continue; | |
7269 | } | |
7270 | else | |
7271 | { | |
7272 | /* Change the current segment's physical address to match | |
7273 | the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no | |
7274 | section fitted, the first section. */ | |
7275 | if (matching_lma == NULL) | |
7276 | matching_lma = suggested_lma; | |
7277 | ||
7278 | map->p_paddr = matching_lma->lma * opb; | |
7279 | ||
7280 | /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma | |
7281 | to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ | |
7282 | if (map->includes_phdrs) | |
7283 | { | |
7284 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
7285 | ||
7286 | /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number | |
7287 | of program headers that we will need. Make a note | |
7288 | here of the number we used and the segment we chose | |
7289 | to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the | |
7290 | offset when we know the correct value. */ | |
7291 | phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; | |
7292 | phdr_adjust_seg = map; | |
7293 | } | |
7294 | ||
7295 | if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
7296 | { | |
7297 | bfd_vma align = (bfd_vma) 1 << matching_lma->alignment_power; | |
7298 | map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
7299 | /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the | |
7300 | first section lma, but there may have been some | |
7301 | alignment padding before that section too. Try to | |
7302 | account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to | |
7303 | the same alignment. */ | |
7304 | if (segment->p_align != 0 && segment->p_align < align) | |
7305 | align = segment->p_align; | |
7306 | map->p_paddr &= -(align * opb); | |
7307 | } | |
7308 | } | |
7309 | ||
7310 | /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning | |
7311 | those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the | |
7312 | sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all | |
7313 | possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is | |
7314 | added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain | |
7315 | to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating | |
7316 | the loop. */ | |
7317 | isec = 0; | |
7318 | do | |
7319 | { | |
7320 | map->count = 0; | |
7321 | suggested_lma = NULL; | |
7322 | ||
7323 | /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ | |
7324 | for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) | |
7325 | { | |
7326 | section = sections[j]; | |
7327 | ||
7328 | if (section == NULL) | |
7329 | continue; | |
7330 | ||
7331 | output_section = section->output_section; | |
7332 | ||
7333 | BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); | |
7334 | ||
7335 | if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr, | |
7336 | opb) | |
7337 | || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) | |
7338 | { | |
7339 | if (map->count == 0) | |
7340 | { | |
7341 | /* If the first section in a segment does not start at | |
7342 | the beginning of the segment, then something is | |
7343 | wrong. */ | |
7344 | if (align_power (map->p_paddr | |
7345 | + (map->includes_filehdr | |
7346 | ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) | |
7347 | + (map->includes_phdrs | |
7348 | ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize | |
7349 | : 0), | |
7350 | output_section->alignment_power * opb) | |
7351 | != output_section->lma * opb) | |
7352 | goto sorry; | |
7353 | } | |
7354 | else | |
7355 | { | |
7356 | asection *prev_sec; | |
7357 | ||
7358 | prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; | |
7359 | ||
7360 | /* If the gap between the end of the previous section | |
7361 | and the start of this section is more than | |
7362 | maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ | |
7363 | if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, | |
7364 | maxpagesize) | |
7365 | < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) | |
7366 | || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size | |
7367 | > output_section->lma)) | |
7368 | { | |
7369 | if (suggested_lma == NULL) | |
7370 | suggested_lma = output_section; | |
7371 | ||
7372 | continue; | |
7373 | } | |
7374 | } | |
7375 | ||
7376 | map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; | |
7377 | ++isec; | |
7378 | sections[j] = NULL; | |
7379 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) | |
7380 | section->segment_mark = TRUE; | |
7381 | } | |
7382 | else if (suggested_lma == NULL) | |
7383 | suggested_lma = output_section; | |
7384 | } | |
7385 | ||
7386 | /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot | |
7387 | be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a | |
7388 | negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections. | |
7389 | But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty. | |
7390 | So allow a count of zero. */ | |
7391 | ||
7392 | /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ | |
7393 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
7394 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
7395 | ||
7396 | if (isec < section_count) | |
7397 | { | |
7398 | /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to | |
7399 | segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it | |
7400 | and carry on looping. */ | |
7401 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
7402 | amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
7403 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); | |
7404 | if (map == NULL) | |
7405 | { | |
7406 | free (sections); | |
7407 | return FALSE; | |
7408 | } | |
7409 | ||
7410 | /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical | |
7411 | physical address to the LMA of the first section that has | |
7412 | not yet been assigned. */ | |
7413 | map->next = NULL; | |
7414 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
7415 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
7416 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
7417 | map->p_paddr = suggested_lma->lma * opb; | |
7418 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
7419 | map->includes_filehdr = 0; | |
7420 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
7421 | } | |
7422 | ||
7423 | continue; | |
7424 | sorry: | |
7425 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry); | |
7426 | free (sections); | |
7427 | return FALSE; | |
7428 | } | |
7429 | while (isec < section_count); | |
7430 | ||
7431 | free (sections); | |
7432 | } | |
7433 | ||
7434 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; | |
7435 | ||
7436 | /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were | |
7437 | going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust | |
7438 | the offset if necessary. */ | |
7439 | if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) | |
7440 | { | |
7441 | unsigned int count; | |
7442 | ||
7443 | for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
7444 | count++; | |
7445 | ||
7446 | if (count > phdr_adjust_num) | |
7447 | phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr | |
7448 | -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
7449 | ||
7450 | for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) | |
7451 | if (map->p_type == PT_PHDR) | |
7452 | { | |
7453 | bfd_vma adjust | |
7454 | = phdr_adjust_seg->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0; | |
7455 | map->p_paddr = phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr + adjust; | |
7456 | break; | |
7457 | } | |
7458 | } | |
7459 | ||
7460 | #undef SEGMENT_END | |
7461 | #undef SECTION_SIZE | |
7462 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA | |
7463 | #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA | |
7464 | #undef IS_NOTE | |
7465 | #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE | |
7466 | #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP | |
7467 | #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT | |
7468 | #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT | |
7469 | #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT | |
7470 | #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS | |
7471 | return TRUE; | |
7472 | } | |
7473 | ||
7474 | /* Copy ELF program header information. */ | |
7475 | ||
7476 | static bfd_boolean | |
7477 | copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
7478 | { | |
7479 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; | |
7480 | struct elf_segment_map *map; | |
7481 | struct elf_segment_map *map_first; | |
7482 | struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; | |
7483 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
7484 | unsigned int i; | |
7485 | unsigned int num_segments; | |
7486 | bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; | |
7487 | bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; | |
7488 | unsigned int opb = bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd, NULL); | |
7489 | ||
7490 | iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); | |
7491 | ||
7492 | map_first = NULL; | |
7493 | pointer_to_map = &map_first; | |
7494 | ||
7495 | /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set | |
7496 | map->p_paddr_valid. */ | |
7497 | p_paddr_valid = FALSE; | |
7498 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
7499 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7500 | i < num_segments; | |
7501 | i++, segment++) | |
7502 | if (segment->p_paddr != 0) | |
7503 | { | |
7504 | p_paddr_valid = TRUE; | |
7505 | break; | |
7506 | } | |
7507 | ||
7508 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7509 | i < num_segments; | |
7510 | i++, segment++) | |
7511 | { | |
7512 | asection *section; | |
7513 | unsigned int section_count; | |
7514 | size_t amt; | |
7515 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
7516 | asection *first_section = NULL; | |
7517 | asection *lowest_section; | |
7518 | ||
7519 | /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ | |
7520 | for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; | |
7521 | section != NULL; | |
7522 | section = section->next) | |
7523 | { | |
7524 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
7525 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) | |
7526 | { | |
7527 | if (first_section == NULL) | |
7528 | first_section = section; | |
7529 | section_count++; | |
7530 | } | |
7531 | } | |
7532 | ||
7533 | /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain | |
7534 | all of the sections we have selected. */ | |
7535 | amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map) - sizeof (asection *); | |
7536 | amt += section_count * sizeof (asection *); | |
7537 | map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); | |
7538 | if (map == NULL) | |
7539 | return FALSE; | |
7540 | ||
7541 | /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the | |
7542 | input segment. */ | |
7543 | map->next = NULL; | |
7544 | map->p_type = segment->p_type; | |
7545 | map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; | |
7546 | map->p_flags_valid = 1; | |
7547 | map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; | |
7548 | map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; | |
7549 | map->p_align = segment->p_align; | |
7550 | map->p_align_valid = 1; | |
7551 | map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; | |
7552 | ||
7553 | if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO | |
7554 | || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) | |
7555 | { | |
7556 | /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few | |
7557 | bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt | |
7558 | section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't | |
7559 | change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. | |
7560 | Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux | |
7561 | systems. */ | |
7562 | map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; | |
7563 | map->p_size_valid = 1; | |
7564 | } | |
7565 | ||
7566 | /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header | |
7567 | and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ | |
7568 | map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 | |
7569 | && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); | |
7570 | ||
7571 | map->includes_phdrs = 0; | |
7572 | if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) | |
7573 | { | |
7574 | map->includes_phdrs = | |
7575 | (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
7576 | && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz | |
7577 | >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff | |
7578 | + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); | |
7579 | ||
7580 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) | |
7581 | phdr_included = TRUE; | |
7582 | } | |
7583 | ||
7584 | lowest_section = NULL; | |
7585 | if (section_count != 0) | |
7586 | { | |
7587 | unsigned int isec = 0; | |
7588 | ||
7589 | for (section = first_section; | |
7590 | section != NULL; | |
7591 | section = section->next) | |
7592 | { | |
7593 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
7594 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) | |
7595 | { | |
7596 | map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; | |
7597 | if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) | |
7598 | { | |
7599 | bfd_vma seg_off; | |
7600 | ||
7601 | if (lowest_section == NULL | |
7602 | || section->lma < lowest_section->lma) | |
7603 | lowest_section = section; | |
7604 | ||
7605 | /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header | |
7606 | p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. | |
7607 | If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees | |
7608 | with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as | |
7609 | invalid. */ | |
7610 | if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) | |
7611 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; | |
7612 | else | |
7613 | seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; | |
7614 | if (section->lma * opb - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) | |
7615 | map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; | |
7616 | } | |
7617 | if (isec == section_count) | |
7618 | break; | |
7619 | } | |
7620 | } | |
7621 | } | |
7622 | ||
7623 | if (section_count == 0) | |
7624 | map->p_vaddr_offset = segment->p_vaddr / opb; | |
7625 | else if (map->p_paddr_valid) | |
7626 | { | |
7627 | /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */ | |
7628 | bfd_vma hdr_size = 0; | |
7629 | if (map->includes_filehdr) | |
7630 | hdr_size = iehdr->e_ehsize; | |
7631 | if (map->includes_phdrs) | |
7632 | hdr_size += iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; | |
7633 | ||
7634 | map->p_vaddr_offset = ((map->p_paddr + hdr_size) / opb | |
7635 | - (lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)); | |
7636 | } | |
7637 | ||
7638 | map->count = section_count; | |
7639 | *pointer_to_map = map; | |
7640 | pointer_to_map = &map->next; | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | ||
7643 | elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; | |
7644 | return TRUE; | |
7645 | } | |
7646 | ||
7647 | /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header | |
7648 | information. */ | |
7649 | ||
7650 | static bfd_boolean | |
7651 | copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
7652 | { | |
7653 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
7654 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
7655 | return TRUE; | |
7656 | ||
7657 | if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) | |
7658 | return TRUE; | |
7659 | ||
7660 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) | |
7661 | { | |
7662 | /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD | |
7663 | covered by ELF program header have changed. */ | |
7664 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
7665 | asection *section, *osec; | |
7666 | unsigned int i, num_segments; | |
7667 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; | |
7668 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
7669 | ||
7670 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); | |
7671 | ||
7672 | /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ | |
7673 | if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) | |
7674 | goto rewrite; | |
7675 | ||
7676 | /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ | |
7677 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; | |
7678 | section = section->next) | |
7679 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
7680 | ||
7681 | num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
7682 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7683 | i < num_segments; | |
7684 | i++, segment++) | |
7685 | { | |
7686 | /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr | |
7687 | and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 | |
7688 | which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment | |
7689 | map in this case. */ | |
7690 | if (segment->p_paddr == 0 | |
7691 | && segment->p_memsz == 0 | |
7692 | && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) | |
7693 | goto rewrite; | |
7694 | ||
7695 | for (section = ibfd->sections; | |
7696 | section != NULL; section = section->next) | |
7697 | { | |
7698 | /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes | |
7699 | from the input BFD. */ | |
7700 | osec = section->output_section; | |
7701 | if (osec) | |
7702 | osec->segment_mark = TRUE; | |
7703 | ||
7704 | /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ | |
7705 | this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); | |
7706 | if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) | |
7707 | { | |
7708 | /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or | |
7709 | removed. What else do we need to check? */ | |
7710 | if (osec == NULL | |
7711 | || section->flags != osec->flags | |
7712 | || section->lma != osec->lma | |
7713 | || section->vma != osec->vma | |
7714 | || section->size != osec->size | |
7715 | || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize | |
7716 | || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) | |
7717 | goto rewrite; | |
7718 | } | |
7719 | } | |
7720 | } | |
7721 | ||
7722 | /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the | |
7723 | input BFD. */ | |
7724 | for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; | |
7725 | section = section->next) | |
7726 | { | |
7727 | if (!section->segment_mark) | |
7728 | goto rewrite; | |
7729 | else | |
7730 | section->segment_mark = FALSE; | |
7731 | } | |
7732 | ||
7733 | return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); | |
7734 | } | |
7735 | ||
7736 | rewrite: | |
7737 | if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) | |
7738 | { | |
7739 | /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to | |
7740 | the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ | |
7741 | Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; | |
7742 | unsigned int i; | |
7743 | unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; | |
7744 | bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; | |
7745 | ||
7746 | for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; | |
7747 | i < num_segments; | |
7748 | i++, segment++) | |
7749 | if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD | |
7750 | && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) | |
7751 | { | |
7752 | /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */ | |
7753 | if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2)) | |
7754 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
7755 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#" | |
7756 | PRIx64 " is too large"), | |
7757 | ibfd, (uint64_t) segment->p_align); | |
7758 | else | |
7759 | maxpagesize = segment->p_align; | |
7760 | } | |
7761 | ||
7762 | if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) | |
7763 | bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); | |
7764 | } | |
7765 | ||
7766 | return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); | |
7767 | } | |
7768 | ||
7769 | /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ | |
7770 | ||
7771 | bfd_boolean | |
7772 | _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
7773 | asection *isec, | |
7774 | bfd *obfd, | |
7775 | asection *osec, | |
7776 | struct bfd_link_info *link_info) | |
7777 | ||
7778 | { | |
7779 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
7780 | bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL | |
7781 | && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)); | |
7782 | ||
7783 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
7784 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
7785 | return TRUE; | |
7786 | ||
7787 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); | |
7788 | ||
7789 | /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may | |
7790 | have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we | |
7791 | allow the user to override the type and flags other than | |
7792 | SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */ | |
7793 | if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_PROGBITS | |
7794 | || elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NOTE | |
7795 | || elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NOBITS) | |
7796 | elf_section_type (osec) = SHT_NULL; | |
7797 | /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from | |
7798 | the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they | |
7799 | are different the user may be doing something like | |
7800 | "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final | |
7801 | link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */ | |
7802 | if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL | |
7803 | && (osec->flags == isec->flags | |
7804 | || (final_link | |
7805 | && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) | |
7806 | & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) | |
7807 | elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); | |
7808 | ||
7809 | /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ | |
7810 | elf_section_flags (osec) = (elf_section_flags (isec) | |
7811 | & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); | |
7812 | ||
7813 | /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */ | |
7814 | if ((elf_tdata (ibfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) != 0 | |
7815 | && elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GNU_MBIND) | |
7816 | elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr.sh_info | |
7817 | = elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr.sh_info; | |
7818 | ||
7819 | /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output | |
7820 | SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back | |
7821 | to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. | |
7822 | See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ | |
7823 | if ((link_info == NULL | |
7824 | || !link_info->resolve_section_groups) | |
7825 | && (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL | |
7826 | || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)) | |
7827 | { | |
7828 | if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) | |
7829 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; | |
7830 | elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); | |
7831 | elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; | |
7832 | } | |
7833 | ||
7834 | /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */ | |
7835 | if (!final_link && (ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0) | |
7836 | elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) | |
7837 | & SHF_COMPRESSED); | |
7838 | ||
7839 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
7840 | ||
7841 | /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We | |
7842 | don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it | |
7843 | may be NULL at this point. */ | |
7844 | if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) | |
7845 | { | |
7846 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
7847 | ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; | |
7848 | elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); | |
7849 | } | |
7850 | ||
7851 | osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; | |
7852 | ||
7853 | return TRUE; | |
7854 | } | |
7855 | ||
7856 | /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize | |
7857 | field, and sometimes the info field. */ | |
7858 | ||
7859 | bfd_boolean | |
7860 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
7861 | asection *isec, | |
7862 | bfd *obfd, | |
7863 | asection *osec) | |
7864 | { | |
7865 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; | |
7866 | ||
7867 | if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
7868 | || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
7869 | return TRUE; | |
7870 | ||
7871 | ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; | |
7872 | ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; | |
7873 | ||
7874 | ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; | |
7875 | ||
7876 | if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB | |
7877 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM | |
7878 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed | |
7879 | || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) | |
7880 | ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; | |
7881 | ||
7882 | return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, | |
7883 | NULL); | |
7884 | } | |
7885 | ||
7886 | /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments | |
7887 | necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of | |
7888 | the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's | |
7889 | output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this | |
7890 | function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called | |
7891 | from the linker. */ | |
7892 | ||
7893 | bfd_boolean | |
7894 | _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) | |
7895 | { | |
7896 | asection *isec; | |
7897 | ||
7898 | for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) | |
7899 | if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) | |
7900 | { | |
7901 | asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); | |
7902 | asection *s = first; | |
7903 | bfd_size_type removed = 0; | |
7904 | ||
7905 | while (s != NULL) | |
7906 | { | |
7907 | /* If this member section is being output but the | |
7908 | SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info | |
7909 | set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ | |
7910 | if (s->output_section != discarded | |
7911 | && isec->output_section == discarded) | |
7912 | { | |
7913 | elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; | |
7914 | elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; | |
7915 | } | |
7916 | else | |
7917 | { | |
7918 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *elf_sec = elf_section_data (s); | |
7919 | if (s->output_section == discarded | |
7920 | && isec->output_section != discarded) | |
7921 | { | |
7922 | /* Conversely, if the member section is not being | |
7923 | output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust | |
7924 | its size. */ | |
7925 | removed += 4; | |
7926 | if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL | |
7927 | && (elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0) | |
7928 | removed += 4; | |
7929 | if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL | |
7930 | && (elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) != 0) | |
7931 | removed += 4; | |
7932 | } | |
7933 | else | |
7934 | { | |
7935 | /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member | |
7936 | section. */ | |
7937 | if (elf_sec->rel.hdr != NULL | |
7938 | && elf_sec->rel.hdr->sh_size == 0) | |
7939 | removed += 4; | |
7940 | if (elf_sec->rela.hdr != NULL | |
7941 | && elf_sec->rela.hdr->sh_size == 0) | |
7942 | removed += 4; | |
7943 | } | |
7944 | } | |
7945 | s = elf_next_in_group (s); | |
7946 | if (s == first) | |
7947 | break; | |
7948 | } | |
7949 | if (removed != 0) | |
7950 | { | |
7951 | if (discarded != NULL) | |
7952 | { | |
7953 | /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to | |
7954 | adjust the input section size. */ | |
7955 | if (isec->rawsize == 0) | |
7956 | isec->rawsize = isec->size; | |
7957 | isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; | |
7958 | if (isec->size <= 4) | |
7959 | { | |
7960 | isec->size = 0; | |
7961 | isec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
7962 | } | |
7963 | } | |
7964 | else | |
7965 | { | |
7966 | /* Adjust the output section size when called from | |
7967 | objcopy. */ | |
7968 | isec->output_section->size -= removed; | |
7969 | if (isec->output_section->size <= 4) | |
7970 | { | |
7971 | isec->output_section->size = 0; | |
7972 | isec->output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; | |
7973 | } | |
7974 | } | |
7975 | } | |
7976 | } | |
7977 | ||
7978 | return TRUE; | |
7979 | } | |
7980 | ||
7981 | /* Copy private header information. */ | |
7982 | ||
7983 | bfd_boolean | |
7984 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) | |
7985 | { | |
7986 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
7987 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
7988 | return TRUE; | |
7989 | ||
7990 | /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. | |
7991 | This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data | |
7992 | entry point, because the latter is called after the section | |
7993 | contents have been set, which means that the program headers have | |
7994 | already been worked out. */ | |
7995 | if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) | |
7996 | { | |
7997 | if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) | |
7998 | return FALSE; | |
7999 | } | |
8000 | ||
8001 | return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); | |
8002 | } | |
8003 | ||
8004 | /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section | |
8005 | which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section | |
8006 | index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped | |
8007 | section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the | |
8008 | swap_out_syms function. */ | |
8009 | ||
8010 | #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) | |
8011 | #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) | |
8012 | #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) | |
8013 | #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) | |
8014 | #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) | |
8015 | ||
8016 | bfd_boolean | |
8017 | _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, | |
8018 | asymbol *isymarg, | |
8019 | bfd *obfd, | |
8020 | asymbol *osymarg) | |
8021 | { | |
8022 | elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; | |
8023 | ||
8024 | if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour | |
8025 | || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
8026 | return TRUE; | |
8027 | ||
8028 | isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); | |
8029 | osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); | |
8030 | ||
8031 | if (isym != NULL | |
8032 | && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 | |
8033 | && osym != NULL | |
8034 | && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) | |
8035 | { | |
8036 | unsigned int shndx; | |
8037 | ||
8038 | shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
8039 | if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) | |
8040 | shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; | |
8041 | else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) | |
8042 | shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; | |
8043 | else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd)) | |
8044 | shndx = MAP_STRTAB; | |
8045 | else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd)) | |
8046 | shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; | |
8047 | else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd))) | |
8048 | shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; | |
8049 | osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
8050 | } | |
8051 | ||
8052 | return TRUE; | |
8053 | } | |
8054 | ||
8055 | /* Swap out the symbols. */ | |
8056 | ||
8057 | static bfd_boolean | |
8058 | swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, | |
8059 | struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp, | |
8060 | int relocatable_p) | |
8061 | { | |
8062 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed; | |
8063 | unsigned int symcount; | |
8064 | asymbol **syms; | |
8065 | struct elf_strtab_hash *stt; | |
8066 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; | |
8067 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; | |
8068 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; | |
8069 | struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab; | |
8070 | bfd_byte *outbound_syms; | |
8071 | bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; | |
8072 | unsigned long outbound_syms_index; | |
8073 | unsigned long outbound_shndx_index; | |
8074 | unsigned int idx; | |
8075 | unsigned int num_locals; | |
8076 | size_t amt; | |
8077 | bfd_boolean name_local_sections; | |
8078 | ||
8079 | if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals)) | |
8080 | return FALSE; | |
8081 | ||
8082 | /* Dump out the symtabs. */ | |
8083 | stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); | |
8084 | if (stt == NULL) | |
8085 | return FALSE; | |
8086 | ||
8087 | bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
8088 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
8089 | symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
8090 | symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; | |
8091 | symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; | |
8092 | symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); | |
8093 | symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1; | |
8094 | symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; | |
8095 | ||
8096 | symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; | |
8097 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
8098 | ||
8099 | /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */ | |
8100 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1, sizeof (*symstrtab), &amt) | |
8101 | || (symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc (amt)) == NULL) | |
8102 | { | |
8103 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); | |
8104 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); | |
8105 | return FALSE; | |
8106 | } | |
8107 | ||
8108 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1, bed->s->sizeof_sym, &amt) | |
8109 | || (outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt)) == NULL) | |
8110 | { | |
8111 | error_no_mem: | |
8112 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); | |
8113 | error_return: | |
8114 | free (symstrtab); | |
8115 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); | |
8116 | return FALSE; | |
8117 | } | |
8118 | symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; | |
8119 | outbound_syms_index = 0; | |
8120 | ||
8121 | outbound_shndx = NULL; | |
8122 | outbound_shndx_index = 0; | |
8123 | ||
8124 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) | |
8125 | { | |
8126 | symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; | |
8127 | if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) | |
8128 | { | |
8129 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount + 1, | |
8130 | sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx), &amt)) | |
8131 | goto error_no_mem; | |
8132 | outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
8133 | if (outbound_shndx == NULL) | |
8134 | goto error_return; | |
8135 | ||
8136 | symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; | |
8137 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; | |
8138 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; | |
8139 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
8140 | symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); | |
8141 | } | |
8142 | /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */ | |
8143 | } | |
8144 | ||
8145 | /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ | |
8146 | { | |
8147 | /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ | |
8148 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
8149 | sym.st_name = 0; | |
8150 | sym.st_value = 0; | |
8151 | sym.st_size = 0; | |
8152 | sym.st_info = 0; | |
8153 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
8154 | sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; | |
8155 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; | |
8156 | symstrtab[0].sym = sym; | |
8157 | symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; | |
8158 | symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; | |
8159 | outbound_syms_index++; | |
8160 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
8161 | outbound_shndx_index++; | |
8162 | } | |
8163 | ||
8164 | name_local_sections | |
8165 | = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols | |
8166 | && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); | |
8167 | ||
8168 | syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); | |
8169 | for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;) | |
8170 | { | |
8171 | Elf_Internal_Sym sym; | |
8172 | bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; | |
8173 | elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; | |
8174 | flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; | |
8175 | int type; | |
8176 | ||
8177 | if (!name_local_sections | |
8178 | && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
8179 | { | |
8180 | /* Local section symbols have no name. */ | |
8181 | sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1; | |
8182 | } | |
8183 | else | |
8184 | { | |
8185 | /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize | |
8186 | to get the final offset for st_name. */ | |
8187 | sym.st_name | |
8188 | = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name, | |
8189 | FALSE); | |
8190 | if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
8191 | goto error_return; | |
8192 | } | |
8193 | ||
8194 | type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); | |
8195 | ||
8196 | if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 | |
8197 | && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
8198 | { | |
8199 | /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, | |
8200 | and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from | |
8201 | how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ | |
8202 | sym.st_size = value; | |
8203 | if (type_ptr == NULL | |
8204 | || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) | |
8205 | sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); | |
8206 | else | |
8207 | sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; | |
8208 | sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section | |
8209 | (abfd, syms[idx]->section); | |
8210 | } | |
8211 | else | |
8212 | { | |
8213 | asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; | |
8214 | unsigned int shndx; | |
8215 | ||
8216 | if (sec->output_section) | |
8217 | { | |
8218 | value += sec->output_offset; | |
8219 | sec = sec->output_section; | |
8220 | } | |
8221 | ||
8222 | /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ | |
8223 | if (! relocatable_p) | |
8224 | value += sec->vma; | |
8225 | sym.st_value = value; | |
8226 | sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; | |
8227 | ||
8228 | if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) | |
8229 | && type_ptr != NULL | |
8230 | && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) | |
8231 | { | |
8232 | /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did | |
8233 | not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done | |
8234 | by copy_private_symbol_data. */ | |
8235 | shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; | |
8236 | switch (shndx) | |
8237 | { | |
8238 | case MAP_ONESYMTAB: | |
8239 | shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); | |
8240 | break; | |
8241 | case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: | |
8242 | shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); | |
8243 | break; | |
8244 | case MAP_STRTAB: | |
8245 | shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); | |
8246 | break; | |
8247 | case MAP_SHSTRTAB: | |
8248 | shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); | |
8249 | break; | |
8250 | case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: | |
8251 | if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) | |
8252 | shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx; | |
8253 | break; | |
8254 | case SHN_COMMON: | |
8255 | case SHN_ABS: | |
8256 | shndx = SHN_ABS; | |
8257 | break; | |
8258 | default: | |
8259 | if (shndx >= SHN_LOPROC && shndx <= SHN_HIOS) | |
8260 | { | |
8261 | if (bed->symbol_section_index) | |
8262 | shndx = bed->symbol_section_index (abfd, type_ptr); | |
8263 | /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */ | |
8264 | } | |
8265 | else | |
8266 | { | |
8267 | if (shndx > SHN_HIOS && shndx < SHN_HIRESERVE) | |
8268 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \ | |
8269 | Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."), | |
8270 | abfd, shndx); | |
8271 | shndx = SHN_ABS; | |
8272 | } | |
8273 | break; | |
8274 | } | |
8275 | } | |
8276 | else | |
8277 | { | |
8278 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); | |
8279 | ||
8280 | if (shndx == SHN_BAD) | |
8281 | { | |
8282 | asection *sec2; | |
8283 | ||
8284 | /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if | |
8285 | we had some decent documentation on bfd, and | |
8286 | knew what to expect of the library, and what to | |
8287 | demand of applications. For example, it | |
8288 | appears that `objcopy' might not set the | |
8289 | section of a symbol to be a section that is | |
8290 | actually in the output file. */ | |
8291 | sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); | |
8292 | if (sec2 != NULL) | |
8293 | shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); | |
8294 | if (shndx == SHN_BAD) | |
8295 | { | |
8296 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
8297 | _bfd_error_handler | |
8298 | (_("unable to find equivalent output section" | |
8299 | " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), | |
8300 | syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>", | |
8301 | sec->name); | |
8302 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
8303 | goto error_return; | |
8304 | } | |
8305 | } | |
8306 | } | |
8307 | ||
8308 | sym.st_shndx = shndx; | |
8309 | } | |
8310 | ||
8311 | if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) | |
8312 | type = STT_TLS; | |
8313 | else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) | |
8314 | type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; | |
8315 | else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) | |
8316 | type = STT_FUNC; | |
8317 | else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) | |
8318 | type = STT_OBJECT; | |
8319 | else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) | |
8320 | type = STT_RELC; | |
8321 | else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) | |
8322 | type = STT_SRELC; | |
8323 | else | |
8324 | type = STT_NOTYPE; | |
8325 | ||
8326 | if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) | |
8327 | type = STT_TLS; | |
8328 | ||
8329 | /* Processor-specific types. */ | |
8330 | if (type_ptr != NULL | |
8331 | && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
8332 | type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) | |
8333 | (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); | |
8334 | ||
8335 | if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) | |
8336 | { | |
8337 | if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
8338 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); | |
8339 | else | |
8340 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); | |
8341 | } | |
8342 | else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
8343 | { | |
8344 | if (type != STT_TLS) | |
8345 | { | |
8346 | if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON)) | |
8347 | type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON) | |
8348 | ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT); | |
8349 | else | |
8350 | type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0 | |
8351 | ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT); | |
8352 | } | |
8353 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); | |
8354 | } | |
8355 | else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) | |
8356 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
8357 | ? STB_WEAK | |
8358 | : STB_GLOBAL), | |
8359 | type); | |
8360 | else if (flags & BSF_FILE) | |
8361 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); | |
8362 | else | |
8363 | { | |
8364 | int bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
8365 | ||
8366 | if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) | |
8367 | bind = STB_LOCAL; | |
8368 | else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) | |
8369 | bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; | |
8370 | else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) | |
8371 | bind = STB_WEAK; | |
8372 | else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) | |
8373 | bind = STB_GLOBAL; | |
8374 | ||
8375 | sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); | |
8376 | } | |
8377 | ||
8378 | if (type_ptr != NULL) | |
8379 | { | |
8380 | sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; | |
8381 | sym.st_target_internal | |
8382 | = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; | |
8383 | } | |
8384 | else | |
8385 | { | |
8386 | sym.st_other = 0; | |
8387 | sym.st_target_internal = 0; | |
8388 | } | |
8389 | ||
8390 | idx++; | |
8391 | symstrtab[idx].sym = sym; | |
8392 | symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; | |
8393 | symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; | |
8394 | ||
8395 | outbound_syms_index++; | |
8396 | if (outbound_shndx != NULL) | |
8397 | outbound_shndx_index++; | |
8398 | } | |
8399 | ||
8400 | /* Finalize the .strtab section. */ | |
8401 | _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt); | |
8402 | ||
8403 | /* Swap out the .strtab section. */ | |
8404 | for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++) | |
8405 | { | |
8406 | struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx]; | |
8407 | if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) | |
8408 | elfsym->sym.st_name = 0; | |
8409 | else | |
8410 | elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt, | |
8411 | elfsym->sym.st_name); | |
8412 | bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym, | |
8413 | (outbound_syms | |
8414 | + (elfsym->dest_index | |
8415 | * bed->s->sizeof_sym)), | |
8416 | (outbound_shndx | |
8417 | + (elfsym->destshndx_index | |
8418 | * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)))); | |
8419 | } | |
8420 | free (symstrtab); | |
8421 | ||
8422 | *sttp = stt; | |
8423 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt); | |
8424 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; | |
8425 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags; | |
8426 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; | |
8427 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; | |
8428 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; | |
8429 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; | |
8430 | symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; | |
8431 | ||
8432 | return TRUE; | |
8433 | } | |
8434 | ||
8435 | /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. | |
8436 | ||
8437 | Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate | |
8438 | the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table | |
8439 | always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ | |
8440 | ||
8441 | long | |
8442 | _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
8443 | { | |
8444 | bfd_size_type symcount; | |
8445 | long symtab_size; | |
8446 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; | |
8447 | ||
8448 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
8449 | if (symcount > LONG_MAX / sizeof (asymbol *)) | |
8450 | { | |
8451 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8452 | return -1; | |
8453 | } | |
8454 | symtab_size = symcount * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
8455 | if (symcount == 0) | |
8456 | symtab_size = sizeof (asymbol *); | |
8457 | else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd)) | |
8458 | { | |
8459 | ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd); | |
8460 | ||
8461 | if (filesize != 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size > filesize) | |
8462 | { | |
8463 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
8464 | return -1; | |
8465 | } | |
8466 | } | |
8467 | ||
8468 | return symtab_size; | |
8469 | } | |
8470 | ||
8471 | long | |
8472 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
8473 | { | |
8474 | bfd_size_type symcount; | |
8475 | long symtab_size; | |
8476 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; | |
8477 | ||
8478 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
8479 | { | |
8480 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
8481 | return -1; | |
8482 | } | |
8483 | ||
8484 | symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; | |
8485 | if (symcount > LONG_MAX / sizeof (asymbol *)) | |
8486 | { | |
8487 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8488 | return -1; | |
8489 | } | |
8490 | symtab_size = symcount * (sizeof (asymbol *)); | |
8491 | if (symcount == 0) | |
8492 | symtab_size = sizeof (asymbol *); | |
8493 | else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd)) | |
8494 | { | |
8495 | ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd); | |
8496 | ||
8497 | if (filesize != 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size > filesize) | |
8498 | { | |
8499 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
8500 | return -1; | |
8501 | } | |
8502 | } | |
8503 | ||
8504 | return symtab_size; | |
8505 | } | |
8506 | ||
8507 | long | |
8508 | _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr asect) | |
8509 | { | |
8510 | if (asect->reloc_count != 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd)) | |
8511 | { | |
8512 | /* Sanity check reloc section size. */ | |
8513 | struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (asect); | |
8514 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr = &d->this_hdr; | |
8515 | bfd_size_type ext_rel_size = rel_hdr->sh_size; | |
8516 | ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd); | |
8517 | ||
8518 | if (filesize != 0 && ext_rel_size > filesize) | |
8519 | { | |
8520 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
8521 | return -1; | |
8522 | } | |
8523 | } | |
8524 | ||
8525 | #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT | |
8526 | if (asect->reloc_count >= LONG_MAX / sizeof (arelent *)) | |
8527 | { | |
8528 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8529 | return -1; | |
8530 | } | |
8531 | #endif | |
8532 | return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); | |
8533 | } | |
8534 | ||
8535 | /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ | |
8536 | ||
8537 | long | |
8538 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, | |
8539 | sec_ptr section, | |
8540 | arelent **relptr, | |
8541 | asymbol **symbols) | |
8542 | { | |
8543 | arelent *tblptr; | |
8544 | unsigned int i; | |
8545 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
8546 | ||
8547 | if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) | |
8548 | return -1; | |
8549 | ||
8550 | tblptr = section->relocation; | |
8551 | for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) | |
8552 | *relptr++ = tblptr++; | |
8553 | ||
8554 | *relptr = NULL; | |
8555 | ||
8556 | return section->reloc_count; | |
8557 | } | |
8558 | ||
8559 | long | |
8560 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) | |
8561 | { | |
8562 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
8563 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); | |
8564 | ||
8565 | if (symcount >= 0) | |
8566 | abfd->symcount = symcount; | |
8567 | return symcount; | |
8568 | } | |
8569 | ||
8570 | long | |
8571 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, | |
8572 | asymbol **allocation) | |
8573 | { | |
8574 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
8575 | long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); | |
8576 | ||
8577 | if (symcount >= 0) | |
8578 | abfd->dynsymcount = symcount; | |
8579 | return symcount; | |
8580 | } | |
8581 | ||
8582 | /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable | |
8583 | section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL | |
8584 | or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a | |
8585 | dynamic reloc section. */ | |
8586 | ||
8587 | long | |
8588 | _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
8589 | { | |
8590 | bfd_size_type count, ext_rel_size; | |
8591 | asection *s; | |
8592 | ||
8593 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
8594 | { | |
8595 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
8596 | return -1; | |
8597 | } | |
8598 | ||
8599 | count = 1; | |
8600 | ext_rel_size = 0; | |
8601 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
8602 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
8603 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
8604 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
8605 | { | |
8606 | ext_rel_size += s->size; | |
8607 | if (ext_rel_size < s->size) | |
8608 | { | |
8609 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
8610 | return -1; | |
8611 | } | |
8612 | count += s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; | |
8613 | if (count > LONG_MAX / sizeof (arelent *)) | |
8614 | { | |
8615 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8616 | return -1; | |
8617 | } | |
8618 | } | |
8619 | if (count > 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd)) | |
8620 | { | |
8621 | /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */ | |
8622 | ufile_ptr filesize = bfd_get_file_size (abfd); | |
8623 | if (filesize != 0 && ext_rel_size > filesize) | |
8624 | { | |
8625 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); | |
8626 | return -1; | |
8627 | } | |
8628 | } | |
8629 | return count * sizeof (arelent *); | |
8630 | } | |
8631 | ||
8632 | /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the | |
8633 | dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually | |
8634 | associated with particular sections; the interface, which was | |
8635 | designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only | |
8636 | one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually | |
8637 | installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the | |
8638 | dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ | |
8639 | ||
8640 | long | |
8641 | _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, | |
8642 | arelent **storage, | |
8643 | asymbol **syms) | |
8644 | { | |
8645 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); | |
8646 | asection *s; | |
8647 | long ret; | |
8648 | ||
8649 | if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) | |
8650 | { | |
8651 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
8652 | return -1; | |
8653 | } | |
8654 | ||
8655 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
8656 | ret = 0; | |
8657 | for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) | |
8658 | { | |
8659 | if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
8660 | && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL | |
8661 | || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) | |
8662 | { | |
8663 | arelent *p; | |
8664 | long count, i; | |
8665 | ||
8666 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) | |
8667 | return -1; | |
8668 | count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; | |
8669 | p = s->relocation; | |
8670 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++) | |
8671 | *storage++ = p++; | |
8672 | ret += count; | |
8673 | } | |
8674 | } | |
8675 | ||
8676 | *storage = NULL; | |
8677 | ||
8678 | return ret; | |
8679 | } | |
8680 | \f | |
8681 | /* Read in the version information. */ | |
8682 | ||
8683 | bfd_boolean | |
8684 | _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) | |
8685 | { | |
8686 | bfd_byte *contents = NULL; | |
8687 | unsigned int freeidx = 0; | |
8688 | size_t amt; | |
8689 | ||
8690 | if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) | |
8691 | { | |
8692 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
8693 | Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; | |
8694 | Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; | |
8695 | unsigned int i; | |
8696 | bfd_byte *contents_end; | |
8697 | ||
8698 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; | |
8699 | ||
8700 | if (hdr->sh_info == 0 | |
8701 | || hdr->sh_info > hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) | |
8702 | { | |
8703 | error_return_bad_verref: | |
8704 | _bfd_error_handler | |
8705 | (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd); | |
8706 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
8707 | error_return_verref: | |
8708 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; | |
8709 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; | |
8710 | goto error_return; | |
8711 | } | |
8712 | ||
8713 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
8714 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8715 | contents = _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_size); | |
8716 | if (contents == NULL) | |
8717 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8718 | ||
8719 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed), &amt)) | |
8720 | { | |
8721 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8722 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8723 | } | |
8724 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
8725 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) | |
8726 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8727 | ||
8728 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) | |
8729 | == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); | |
8730 | contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); | |
8731 | everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; | |
8732 | iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; | |
8733 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) | |
8734 | { | |
8735 | Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; | |
8736 | Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; | |
8737 | unsigned int j; | |
8738 | ||
8739 | _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); | |
8740 | ||
8741 | iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; | |
8742 | ||
8743 | iverneed->vn_filename = | |
8744 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
8745 | iverneed->vn_file); | |
8746 | if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) | |
8747 | goto error_return_bad_verref; | |
8748 | ||
8749 | if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) | |
8750 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; | |
8751 | else | |
8752 | { | |
8753 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed->vn_cnt, | |
8754 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux), &amt)) | |
8755 | { | |
8756 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8757 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8758 | } | |
8759 | iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) | |
8760 | bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
8761 | if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) | |
8762 | goto error_return_verref; | |
8763 | } | |
8764 | ||
8765 | if (iverneed->vn_aux | |
8766 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) | |
8767 | goto error_return_bad_verref; | |
8768 | ||
8769 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
8770 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); | |
8771 | ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; | |
8772 | for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) | |
8773 | { | |
8774 | _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); | |
8775 | ||
8776 | ivernaux->vna_nodename = | |
8777 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
8778 | ivernaux->vna_name); | |
8779 | if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) | |
8780 | goto error_return_bad_verref; | |
8781 | ||
8782 | if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) | |
8783 | freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; | |
8784 | ||
8785 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; | |
8786 | if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0) | |
8787 | { | |
8788 | iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1; | |
8789 | break; | |
8790 | } | |
8791 | if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) | |
8792 | ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; | |
8793 | ||
8794 | if (ivernaux->vna_next | |
8795 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) | |
8796 | goto error_return_bad_verref; | |
8797 | ||
8798 | evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) | |
8799 | ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); | |
8800 | } | |
8801 | ||
8802 | iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; | |
8803 | if (iverneed->vn_next == 0) | |
8804 | break; | |
8805 | if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) | |
8806 | iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; | |
8807 | ||
8808 | if (iverneed->vn_next | |
8809 | > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) | |
8810 | goto error_return_bad_verref; | |
8811 | ||
8812 | everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) | |
8813 | ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); | |
8814 | } | |
8815 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i; | |
8816 | ||
8817 | free (contents); | |
8818 | contents = NULL; | |
8819 | } | |
8820 | ||
8821 | if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) | |
8822 | { | |
8823 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
8824 | Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; | |
8825 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
8826 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; | |
8827 | Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; | |
8828 | unsigned int i; | |
8829 | unsigned int maxidx; | |
8830 | bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; | |
8831 | ||
8832 | hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; | |
8833 | ||
8834 | if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) | |
8835 | { | |
8836 | error_return_bad_verdef: | |
8837 | _bfd_error_handler | |
8838 | (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd); | |
8839 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
8840 | error_return_verdef: | |
8841 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; | |
8842 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; | |
8843 | goto error_return; | |
8844 | } | |
8845 | ||
8846 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
8847 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8848 | contents = _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, hdr->sh_size, hdr->sh_size); | |
8849 | if (contents == NULL) | |
8850 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8851 | ||
8852 | BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) | |
8853 | >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); | |
8854 | contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size | |
8855 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); | |
8856 | contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size | |
8857 | - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); | |
8858 | ||
8859 | /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum | |
8860 | index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find | |
8861 | the maximum. */ | |
8862 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
8863 | maxidx = 0; | |
8864 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) | |
8865 | { | |
8866 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
8867 | ||
8868 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0) | |
8869 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8870 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) | |
8871 | maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); | |
8872 | ||
8873 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0) | |
8874 | break; | |
8875 | ||
8876 | if (iverdefmem.vd_next | |
8877 | > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) | |
8878 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8879 | ||
8880 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
8881 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); | |
8882 | } | |
8883 | ||
8884 | if (default_imported_symver) | |
8885 | { | |
8886 | if (freeidx > maxidx) | |
8887 | maxidx = ++freeidx; | |
8888 | else | |
8889 | freeidx = ++maxidx; | |
8890 | } | |
8891 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef), &amt)) | |
8892 | { | |
8893 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8894 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8895 | } | |
8896 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
8897 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
8898 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8899 | ||
8900 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; | |
8901 | ||
8902 | everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; | |
8903 | iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; | |
8904 | for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) | |
8905 | { | |
8906 | Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; | |
8907 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
8908 | unsigned int j; | |
8909 | ||
8910 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); | |
8911 | ||
8912 | if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) | |
8913 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8914 | ||
8915 | iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; | |
8916 | memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd)); | |
8917 | ||
8918 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
8919 | ||
8920 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) | |
8921 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; | |
8922 | else | |
8923 | { | |
8924 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef->vd_cnt, | |
8925 | sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux), &amt)) | |
8926 | { | |
8927 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8928 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8929 | } | |
8930 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) | |
8931 | bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
8932 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) | |
8933 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
8934 | } | |
8935 | ||
8936 | if (iverdef->vd_aux | |
8937 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) | |
8938 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8939 | ||
8940 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
8941 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); | |
8942 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
8943 | for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) | |
8944 | { | |
8945 | _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); | |
8946 | ||
8947 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = | |
8948 | bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, | |
8949 | iverdaux->vda_name); | |
8950 | if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) | |
8951 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8952 | ||
8953 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; | |
8954 | if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0) | |
8955 | { | |
8956 | iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1; | |
8957 | break; | |
8958 | } | |
8959 | if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
8960 | iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; | |
8961 | ||
8962 | if (iverdaux->vda_next | |
8963 | > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) | |
8964 | goto error_return_bad_verdef; | |
8965 | ||
8966 | everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) | |
8967 | ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); | |
8968 | } | |
8969 | ||
8970 | iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL; | |
8971 | if (iverdef->vd_cnt) | |
8972 | iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; | |
8973 | ||
8974 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
8975 | if (iverdef->vd_next == 0) | |
8976 | break; | |
8977 | if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) | |
8978 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; | |
8979 | ||
8980 | everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) | |
8981 | ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); | |
8982 | } | |
8983 | ||
8984 | free (contents); | |
8985 | contents = NULL; | |
8986 | } | |
8987 | else if (default_imported_symver) | |
8988 | { | |
8989 | if (freeidx < 3) | |
8990 | freeidx = 3; | |
8991 | else | |
8992 | freeidx++; | |
8993 | ||
8994 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef), &amt)) | |
8995 | { | |
8996 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
8997 | goto error_return; | |
8998 | } | |
8999 | elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); | |
9000 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) | |
9001 | goto error_return; | |
9002 | ||
9003 | elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; | |
9004 | } | |
9005 | ||
9006 | /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ | |
9007 | if (default_imported_symver) | |
9008 | { | |
9009 | Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; | |
9010 | Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; | |
9011 | ||
9012 | iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1]; | |
9013 | ||
9014 | iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; | |
9015 | iverdef->vd_flags = 0; | |
9016 | iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; | |
9017 | iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; | |
9018 | ||
9019 | iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; | |
9020 | ||
9021 | iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); | |
9022 | if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) | |
9023 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
9024 | iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; | |
9025 | iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *) | |
9026 | bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))); | |
9027 | if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) | |
9028 | goto error_return_verdef; | |
9029 | ||
9030 | iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; | |
9031 | iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; | |
9032 | } | |
9033 | ||
9034 | return TRUE; | |
9035 | ||
9036 | error_return: | |
9037 | free (contents); | |
9038 | return FALSE; | |
9039 | } | |
9040 | \f | |
9041 | asymbol * | |
9042 | _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) | |
9043 | { | |
9044 | elf_symbol_type *newsym; | |
9045 | ||
9046 | newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*newsym)); | |
9047 | if (!newsym) | |
9048 | return NULL; | |
9049 | newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; | |
9050 | return &newsym->symbol; | |
9051 | } | |
9052 | ||
9053 | void | |
9054 | _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9055 | asymbol *symbol, | |
9056 | symbol_info *ret) | |
9057 | { | |
9058 | bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); | |
9059 | } | |
9060 | ||
9061 | /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets | |
9062 | use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some | |
9063 | override it. */ | |
9064 | ||
9065 | bfd_boolean | |
9066 | _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9067 | const char *name) | |
9068 | { | |
9069 | /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ | |
9070 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') | |
9071 | return TRUE; | |
9072 | ||
9073 | /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate | |
9074 | DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ | |
9075 | if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') | |
9076 | return TRUE; | |
9077 | ||
9078 | /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when | |
9079 | emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a | |
9080 | small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call | |
9081 | ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading | |
9082 | underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, | |
9083 | we treat such symbols as local. */ | |
9084 | if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') | |
9085 | return TRUE; | |
9086 | ||
9087 | /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and | |
9088 | forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals. | |
9089 | These labels have the form: | |
9090 | ||
9091 | L0^A.* (fake symbols) | |
9092 | ||
9093 | [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels) | |
9094 | ||
9095 | Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above, | |
9096 | so we only need to match the rest. */ | |
9097 | if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1])) | |
9098 | { | |
9099 | bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; | |
9100 | const char * p; | |
9101 | char c; | |
9102 | ||
9103 | for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++) | |
9104 | { | |
9105 | if (c == 1 || c == 2) | |
9106 | { | |
9107 | if (c == 1 && p == name + 2) | |
9108 | /* A fake symbol. */ | |
9109 | return TRUE; | |
9110 | ||
9111 | /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like | |
9112 | L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the | |
9113 | assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol | |
9114 | containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything | |
9115 | other than some kind of local ? */ | |
9116 | ret = TRUE; | |
9117 | } | |
9118 | ||
9119 | if (! ISDIGIT (c)) | |
9120 | { | |
9121 | ret = FALSE; | |
9122 | break; | |
9123 | } | |
9124 | } | |
9125 | return ret; | |
9126 | } | |
9127 | ||
9128 | return FALSE; | |
9129 | } | |
9130 | ||
9131 | alent * | |
9132 | _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9133 | asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
9134 | { | |
9135 | abort (); | |
9136 | return NULL; | |
9137 | } | |
9138 | ||
9139 | bfd_boolean | |
9140 | _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, | |
9141 | enum bfd_architecture arch, | |
9142 | unsigned long machine) | |
9143 | { | |
9144 | /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this | |
9145 | isn't the generic backend, fail. */ | |
9146 | if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch | |
9147 | && arch != bfd_arch_unknown | |
9148 | && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) | |
9149 | return FALSE; | |
9150 | ||
9151 | return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); | |
9152 | } | |
9153 | ||
9154 | /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, | |
9155 | for error reporting. */ | |
9156 | ||
9157 | bfd_boolean | |
9158 | _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, | |
9159 | asymbol **symbols, | |
9160 | asection *section, | |
9161 | bfd_vma offset, | |
9162 | const char **filename_ptr, | |
9163 | const char **functionname_ptr, | |
9164 | unsigned int *line_ptr, | |
9165 | unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) | |
9166 | { | |
9167 | bfd_boolean found; | |
9168 | ||
9169 | if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset, | |
9170 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, | |
9171 | line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, | |
9172 | dwarf_debug_sections, | |
9173 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) | |
9174 | return TRUE; | |
9175 | ||
9176 | if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
9177 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)) | |
9178 | { | |
9179 | if (!*functionname_ptr) | |
9180 | _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
9181 | *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, | |
9182 | functionname_ptr); | |
9183 | return TRUE; | |
9184 | } | |
9185 | ||
9186 | if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
9187 | &found, filename_ptr, | |
9188 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
9189 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) | |
9190 | return FALSE; | |
9191 | if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) | |
9192 | return TRUE; | |
9193 | ||
9194 | if (symbols == NULL) | |
9195 | return FALSE; | |
9196 | ||
9197 | if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, | |
9198 | filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) | |
9199 | return FALSE; | |
9200 | ||
9201 | *line_ptr = 0; | |
9202 | return TRUE; | |
9203 | } | |
9204 | ||
9205 | /* Find the line for a symbol. */ | |
9206 | ||
9207 | bfd_boolean | |
9208 | _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, | |
9209 | const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) | |
9210 | { | |
9211 | return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0, | |
9212 | filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL, | |
9213 | dwarf_debug_sections, | |
9214 | &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); | |
9215 | } | |
9216 | ||
9217 | /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to | |
9218 | bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about | |
9219 | each level of function inlining that terminated at the address | |
9220 | passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported | |
9221 | for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ | |
9222 | ||
9223 | bfd_boolean | |
9224 | _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, | |
9225 | const char **filename_ptr, | |
9226 | const char **functionname_ptr, | |
9227 | unsigned int *line_ptr) | |
9228 | { | |
9229 | bfd_boolean found; | |
9230 | found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, | |
9231 | functionname_ptr, line_ptr, | |
9232 | & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); | |
9233 | return found; | |
9234 | } | |
9235 | ||
9236 | int | |
9237 | _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) | |
9238 | { | |
9239 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
9240 | int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; | |
9241 | ||
9242 | if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)) | |
9243 | { | |
9244 | bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); | |
9245 | ||
9246 | if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) | |
9247 | { | |
9248 | struct elf_segment_map *m; | |
9249 | ||
9250 | phdr_size = 0; | |
9251 | for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) | |
9252 | phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; | |
9253 | ||
9254 | if (phdr_size == 0) | |
9255 | phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); | |
9256 | } | |
9257 | ||
9258 | elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size; | |
9259 | ret += phdr_size; | |
9260 | } | |
9261 | ||
9262 | return ret; | |
9263 | } | |
9264 | ||
9265 | bfd_boolean | |
9266 | _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, | |
9267 | sec_ptr section, | |
9268 | const void *location, | |
9269 | file_ptr offset, | |
9270 | bfd_size_type count) | |
9271 | { | |
9272 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
9273 | file_ptr pos; | |
9274 | ||
9275 | if (! abfd->output_has_begun | |
9276 | && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) | |
9277 | return FALSE; | |
9278 | ||
9279 | if (!count) | |
9280 | return TRUE; | |
9281 | ||
9282 | hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; | |
9283 | if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1) | |
9284 | { | |
9285 | unsigned char *contents; | |
9286 | ||
9287 | if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section)) | |
9288 | /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated | |
9289 | later. */ | |
9290 | return TRUE; | |
9291 | ||
9292 | if ((section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0) | |
9293 | { | |
9294 | _bfd_error_handler | |
9295 | (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"), | |
9296 | abfd, section); | |
9297 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
9298 | return FALSE; | |
9299 | } | |
9300 | ||
9301 | if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size) | |
9302 | { | |
9303 | _bfd_error_handler | |
9304 | (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"), | |
9305 | abfd, section); | |
9306 | ||
9307 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
9308 | return FALSE; | |
9309 | } | |
9310 | ||
9311 | contents = hdr->contents; | |
9312 | if (contents == NULL) | |
9313 | { | |
9314 | _bfd_error_handler | |
9315 | (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"), | |
9316 | abfd, section); | |
9317 | ||
9318 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); | |
9319 | return FALSE; | |
9320 | } | |
9321 | ||
9322 | memcpy (contents + offset, location, count); | |
9323 | return TRUE; | |
9324 | } | |
9325 | ||
9326 | pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; | |
9327 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
9328 | || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) | |
9329 | return FALSE; | |
9330 | ||
9331 | return TRUE; | |
9332 | } | |
9333 | ||
9334 | bfd_boolean | |
9335 | _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9336 | arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9337 | Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
9338 | { | |
9339 | abort (); | |
9340 | return FALSE; | |
9341 | } | |
9342 | ||
9343 | /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ | |
9344 | ||
9345 | bfd_boolean | |
9346 | _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) | |
9347 | { | |
9348 | /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ | |
9349 | ||
9350 | if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) | |
9351 | { | |
9352 | bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; | |
9353 | reloc_howto_type *howto; | |
9354 | ||
9355 | /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an | |
9356 | equivalent ELF reloc. */ | |
9357 | ||
9358 | if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) | |
9359 | { | |
9360 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
9361 | { | |
9362 | case 8: | |
9363 | code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; | |
9364 | break; | |
9365 | case 12: | |
9366 | code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; | |
9367 | break; | |
9368 | case 16: | |
9369 | code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; | |
9370 | break; | |
9371 | case 24: | |
9372 | code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; | |
9373 | break; | |
9374 | case 32: | |
9375 | code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; | |
9376 | break; | |
9377 | case 64: | |
9378 | code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; | |
9379 | break; | |
9380 | default: | |
9381 | goto fail; | |
9382 | } | |
9383 | ||
9384 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
9385 | ||
9386 | if (howto && areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) | |
9387 | { | |
9388 | if (howto->pcrel_offset) | |
9389 | areloc->addend += areloc->address; | |
9390 | else | |
9391 | areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ | |
9392 | } | |
9393 | } | |
9394 | else | |
9395 | { | |
9396 | switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) | |
9397 | { | |
9398 | case 8: | |
9399 | code = BFD_RELOC_8; | |
9400 | break; | |
9401 | case 14: | |
9402 | code = BFD_RELOC_14; | |
9403 | break; | |
9404 | case 16: | |
9405 | code = BFD_RELOC_16; | |
9406 | break; | |
9407 | case 26: | |
9408 | code = BFD_RELOC_26; | |
9409 | break; | |
9410 | case 32: | |
9411 | code = BFD_RELOC_32; | |
9412 | break; | |
9413 | case 64: | |
9414 | code = BFD_RELOC_64; | |
9415 | break; | |
9416 | default: | |
9417 | goto fail; | |
9418 | } | |
9419 | ||
9420 | howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); | |
9421 | } | |
9422 | ||
9423 | if (howto) | |
9424 | areloc->howto = howto; | |
9425 | else | |
9426 | goto fail; | |
9427 | } | |
9428 | ||
9429 | return TRUE; | |
9430 | ||
9431 | fail: | |
9432 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
9433 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"), | |
9434 | abfd, areloc->howto->name); | |
9435 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry); | |
9436 | return FALSE; | |
9437 | } | |
9438 | ||
9439 | bfd_boolean | |
9440 | _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) | |
9441 | { | |
9442 | struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); | |
9443 | if (tdata != NULL | |
9444 | && (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object | |
9445 | || bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) | |
9446 | { | |
9447 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) | |
9448 | _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); | |
9449 | _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); | |
9450 | } | |
9451 | ||
9452 | return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); | |
9453 | } | |
9454 | ||
9455 | /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY | |
9456 | in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity | |
9457 | range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing | |
9458 | this reloc. */ | |
9459 | ||
9460 | bfd_reloc_status_type | |
9461 | _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn | |
9462 | (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9463 | struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9464 | void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
9465 | bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
9466 | { | |
9467 | return bfd_reloc_ok; | |
9468 | } | |
9469 | \f | |
9470 | /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native | |
9471 | toolchains, since we rely on knowing the | |
9472 | machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick | |
9473 | out details about the corefile. */ | |
9474 | ||
9475 | #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H | |
9476 | # include <sys/procfs.h> | |
9477 | #endif | |
9478 | ||
9479 | /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the | |
9480 | PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ | |
9481 | ||
9482 | static int | |
9483 | elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) | |
9484 | { | |
9485 | int pid; | |
9486 | ||
9487 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid; | |
9488 | if (pid == 0) | |
9489 | pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid; | |
9490 | ||
9491 | return pid; | |
9492 | } | |
9493 | ||
9494 | /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using | |
9495 | data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a | |
9496 | reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or | |
9497 | overwrite it. */ | |
9498 | ||
9499 | static bfd_boolean | |
9500 | elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) | |
9501 | { | |
9502 | asection *sect2; | |
9503 | ||
9504 | if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) | |
9505 | return TRUE; | |
9506 | ||
9507 | sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); | |
9508 | if (sect2 == NULL) | |
9509 | return FALSE; | |
9510 | ||
9511 | sect2->size = sect->size; | |
9512 | sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; | |
9513 | sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; | |
9514 | return TRUE; | |
9515 | } | |
9516 | ||
9517 | /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This | |
9518 | actually creates up to two pseudosections: | |
9519 | - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless | |
9520 | such a section already exists. | |
9521 | - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where | |
9522 | PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). | |
9523 | Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ | |
9524 | bfd_boolean | |
9525 | _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, | |
9526 | char *name, | |
9527 | size_t size, | |
9528 | ufile_ptr filepos) | |
9529 | { | |
9530 | char buf[100]; | |
9531 | char *threaded_name; | |
9532 | size_t len; | |
9533 | asection *sect; | |
9534 | ||
9535 | /* Build the section name. */ | |
9536 | ||
9537 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
9538 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
9539 | threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
9540 | if (threaded_name == NULL) | |
9541 | return FALSE; | |
9542 | memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); | |
9543 | ||
9544 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, | |
9545 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
9546 | if (sect == NULL) | |
9547 | return FALSE; | |
9548 | sect->size = size; | |
9549 | sect->filepos = filepos; | |
9550 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
9551 | ||
9552 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); | |
9553 | } | |
9554 | ||
9555 | static bfd_boolean | |
9556 | elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, | |
9557 | size_t offs) | |
9558 | { | |
9559 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", | |
9560 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
9561 | ||
9562 | if (sect == NULL) | |
9563 | return FALSE; | |
9564 | ||
9565 | sect->size = note->descsz - offs; | |
9566 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offs; | |
9567 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; | |
9568 | ||
9569 | return TRUE; | |
9570 | } | |
9571 | ||
9572 | /* prstatus_t exists on: | |
9573 | solaris 2.5+ | |
9574 | linux 2.[01] + glibc | |
9575 | unixware 4.2 | |
9576 | */ | |
9577 | ||
9578 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
9579 | ||
9580 | static bfd_boolean | |
9581 | elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9582 | { | |
9583 | size_t size; | |
9584 | int offset; | |
9585 | ||
9586 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) | |
9587 | { | |
9588 | prstatus_t prstat; | |
9589 | ||
9590 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
9591 | offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
9592 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
9593 | ||
9594 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
9595 | has already been set by another thread. */ | |
9596 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) | |
9597 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
9598 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) | |
9599 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
9600 | ||
9601 | /* pr_who exists on: | |
9602 | solaris 2.5+ | |
9603 | unixware 4.2 | |
9604 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
9605 | linux 2.[01] | |
9606 | */ | |
9607 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) | |
9608 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
9609 | #else | |
9610 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
9611 | #endif | |
9612 | } | |
9613 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) | |
9614 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) | |
9615 | { | |
9616 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
9617 | prstatus32_t prstat; | |
9618 | ||
9619 | size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); | |
9620 | offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); | |
9621 | memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); | |
9622 | ||
9623 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it | |
9624 | has already been set by another thread. */ | |
9625 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) | |
9626 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; | |
9627 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) | |
9628 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
9629 | ||
9630 | /* pr_who exists on: | |
9631 | solaris 2.5+ | |
9632 | unixware 4.2 | |
9633 | pr_who doesn't exist on: | |
9634 | linux 2.[01] | |
9635 | */ | |
9636 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) | |
9637 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; | |
9638 | #else | |
9639 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; | |
9640 | #endif | |
9641 | } | |
9642 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ | |
9643 | else | |
9644 | { | |
9645 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
9646 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
9647 | return TRUE; | |
9648 | } | |
9649 | ||
9650 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ | |
9651 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | |
9652 | size, note->descpos + offset); | |
9653 | } | |
9654 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ | |
9655 | ||
9656 | /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ | |
9657 | static bfd_boolean | |
9658 | elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, | |
9659 | char *name, | |
9660 | Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9661 | { | |
9662 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, | |
9663 | note->descsz, note->descpos); | |
9664 | } | |
9665 | ||
9666 | /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, | |
9667 | but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this | |
9668 | data structure apart. */ | |
9669 | ||
9670 | static bfd_boolean | |
9671 | elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9672 | { | |
9673 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
9674 | } | |
9675 | ||
9676 | /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note | |
9677 | type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents | |
9678 | literally. */ | |
9679 | ||
9680 | static bfd_boolean | |
9681 | elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9682 | { | |
9683 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); | |
9684 | } | |
9685 | ||
9686 | /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" | |
9687 | with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's | |
9688 | contents literally. */ | |
9689 | ||
9690 | static bfd_boolean | |
9691 | elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9692 | { | |
9693 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); | |
9694 | } | |
9695 | ||
9696 | static bfd_boolean | |
9697 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9698 | { | |
9699 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); | |
9700 | } | |
9701 | ||
9702 | static bfd_boolean | |
9703 | elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9704 | { | |
9705 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); | |
9706 | } | |
9707 | ||
9708 | static bfd_boolean | |
9709 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9710 | { | |
9711 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tar", note); | |
9712 | } | |
9713 | ||
9714 | static bfd_boolean | |
9715 | elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9716 | { | |
9717 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note); | |
9718 | } | |
9719 | ||
9720 | static bfd_boolean | |
9721 | elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9722 | { | |
9723 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note); | |
9724 | } | |
9725 | ||
9726 | static bfd_boolean | |
9727 | elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9728 | { | |
9729 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note); | |
9730 | } | |
9731 | ||
9732 | static bfd_boolean | |
9733 | elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9734 | { | |
9735 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note); | |
9736 | } | |
9737 | ||
9738 | static bfd_boolean | |
9739 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9740 | { | |
9741 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note); | |
9742 | } | |
9743 | ||
9744 | static bfd_boolean | |
9745 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9746 | { | |
9747 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note); | |
9748 | } | |
9749 | ||
9750 | static bfd_boolean | |
9751 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9752 | { | |
9753 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note); | |
9754 | } | |
9755 | ||
9756 | static bfd_boolean | |
9757 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9758 | { | |
9759 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note); | |
9760 | } | |
9761 | ||
9762 | static bfd_boolean | |
9763 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9764 | { | |
9765 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note); | |
9766 | } | |
9767 | ||
9768 | static bfd_boolean | |
9769 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9770 | { | |
9771 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note); | |
9772 | } | |
9773 | ||
9774 | static bfd_boolean | |
9775 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9776 | { | |
9777 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note); | |
9778 | } | |
9779 | ||
9780 | static bfd_boolean | |
9781 | elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9782 | { | |
9783 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note); | |
9784 | } | |
9785 | ||
9786 | static bfd_boolean | |
9787 | elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9788 | { | |
9789 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); | |
9790 | } | |
9791 | ||
9792 | static bfd_boolean | |
9793 | elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9794 | { | |
9795 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); | |
9796 | } | |
9797 | ||
9798 | static bfd_boolean | |
9799 | elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9800 | { | |
9801 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); | |
9802 | } | |
9803 | ||
9804 | static bfd_boolean | |
9805 | elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9806 | { | |
9807 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); | |
9808 | } | |
9809 | ||
9810 | static bfd_boolean | |
9811 | elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9812 | { | |
9813 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); | |
9814 | } | |
9815 | ||
9816 | static bfd_boolean | |
9817 | elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9818 | { | |
9819 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); | |
9820 | } | |
9821 | ||
9822 | static bfd_boolean | |
9823 | elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9824 | { | |
9825 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); | |
9826 | } | |
9827 | ||
9828 | static bfd_boolean | |
9829 | elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9830 | { | |
9831 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); | |
9832 | } | |
9833 | ||
9834 | static bfd_boolean | |
9835 | elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9836 | { | |
9837 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note); | |
9838 | } | |
9839 | ||
9840 | static bfd_boolean | |
9841 | elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9842 | { | |
9843 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note); | |
9844 | } | |
9845 | ||
9846 | static bfd_boolean | |
9847 | elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9848 | { | |
9849 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note); | |
9850 | } | |
9851 | ||
9852 | static bfd_boolean | |
9853 | elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9854 | { | |
9855 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note); | |
9856 | } | |
9857 | ||
9858 | static bfd_boolean | |
9859 | elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9860 | { | |
9861 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note); | |
9862 | } | |
9863 | ||
9864 | static bfd_boolean | |
9865 | elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9866 | { | |
9867 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); | |
9868 | } | |
9869 | ||
9870 | static bfd_boolean | |
9871 | elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9872 | { | |
9873 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note); | |
9874 | } | |
9875 | ||
9876 | static bfd_boolean | |
9877 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9878 | { | |
9879 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note); | |
9880 | } | |
9881 | ||
9882 | static bfd_boolean | |
9883 | elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9884 | { | |
9885 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note); | |
9886 | } | |
9887 | ||
9888 | static bfd_boolean | |
9889 | elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9890 | { | |
9891 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-sve", note); | |
9892 | } | |
9893 | ||
9894 | static bfd_boolean | |
9895 | elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9896 | { | |
9897 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note); | |
9898 | } | |
9899 | ||
9900 | static bfd_boolean | |
9901 | elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9902 | { | |
9903 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arc-v2", note); | |
9904 | } | |
9905 | ||
9906 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) | |
9907 | typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
9908 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
9909 | typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
9910 | #endif | |
9911 | #endif | |
9912 | ||
9913 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
9914 | typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; | |
9915 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ | |
9916 | typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; | |
9917 | #endif | |
9918 | #endif | |
9919 | ||
9920 | /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at | |
9921 | most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. | |
9922 | the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ | |
9923 | ||
9924 | char * | |
9925 | _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) | |
9926 | { | |
9927 | char *dups; | |
9928 | char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); | |
9929 | size_t len; | |
9930 | ||
9931 | if (end == NULL) | |
9932 | len = max; | |
9933 | else | |
9934 | len = end - start; | |
9935 | ||
9936 | dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); | |
9937 | if (dups == NULL) | |
9938 | return NULL; | |
9939 | ||
9940 | memcpy (dups, start, len); | |
9941 | dups[len] = '\0'; | |
9942 | ||
9943 | return dups; | |
9944 | } | |
9945 | ||
9946 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
9947 | static bfd_boolean | |
9948 | elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
9949 | { | |
9950 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) | |
9951 | { | |
9952 | elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; | |
9953 | ||
9954 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
9955 | ||
9956 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) | |
9957 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; | |
9958 | #endif | |
9959 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program | |
9960 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
9961 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
9962 | ||
9963 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | |
9964 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
9965 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
9966 | } | |
9967 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
9968 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) | |
9969 | { | |
9970 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
9971 | elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; | |
9972 | ||
9973 | memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); | |
9974 | ||
9975 | #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) | |
9976 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; | |
9977 | #endif | |
9978 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program | |
9979 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, | |
9980 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); | |
9981 | ||
9982 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | |
9983 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, | |
9984 | sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); | |
9985 | } | |
9986 | #endif | |
9987 | ||
9988 | else | |
9989 | { | |
9990 | /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other | |
9991 | note size (ie. data object type). */ | |
9992 | return TRUE; | |
9993 | } | |
9994 | ||
9995 | /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked | |
9996 | onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) | |
9997 | implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ | |
9998 | ||
9999 | { | |
10000 | char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; | |
10001 | int n = strlen (command); | |
10002 | ||
10003 | if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') | |
10004 | command[n - 1] = '\0'; | |
10005 | } | |
10006 | ||
10007 | return TRUE; | |
10008 | } | |
10009 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ | |
10010 | ||
10011 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
10012 | static bfd_boolean | |
10013 | elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10014 | { | |
10015 | if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) | |
10016 | #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) | |
10017 | || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) | |
10018 | #endif | |
10019 | ) | |
10020 | { | |
10021 | pstatus_t pstat; | |
10022 | ||
10023 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
10024 | ||
10025 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
10026 | } | |
10027 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) | |
10028 | else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) | |
10029 | { | |
10030 | /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ | |
10031 | pstatus32_t pstat; | |
10032 | ||
10033 | memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); | |
10034 | ||
10035 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; | |
10036 | } | |
10037 | #endif | |
10038 | /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" | |
10039 | lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an | |
10040 | NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ | |
10041 | ||
10042 | return TRUE; | |
10043 | } | |
10044 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ | |
10045 | ||
10046 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
10047 | static bfd_boolean | |
10048 | elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10049 | { | |
10050 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
10051 | char buf[100]; | |
10052 | char *name; | |
10053 | size_t len; | |
10054 | asection *sect; | |
10055 | ||
10056 | if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) | |
10057 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) | |
10058 | && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) | |
10059 | #endif | |
10060 | ) | |
10061 | return TRUE; | |
10062 | ||
10063 | memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
10064 | ||
10065 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; | |
10066 | /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by | |
10067 | another thread. */ | |
10068 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) | |
10069 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; | |
10070 | ||
10071 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ | |
10072 | ||
10073 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
10074 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
10075 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
10076 | if (name == NULL) | |
10077 | return FALSE; | |
10078 | memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
10079 | ||
10080 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
10081 | if (sect == NULL) | |
10082 | return FALSE; | |
10083 | ||
10084 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
10085 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
10086 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
10087 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); | |
10088 | #endif | |
10089 | ||
10090 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
10091 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); | |
10092 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); | |
10093 | #endif | |
10094 | ||
10095 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
10096 | ||
10097 | if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
10098 | return FALSE; | |
10099 | ||
10100 | /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ | |
10101 | ||
10102 | sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); | |
10103 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
10104 | name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
10105 | if (name == NULL) | |
10106 | return FALSE; | |
10107 | memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
10108 | ||
10109 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
10110 | if (sect == NULL) | |
10111 | return FALSE; | |
10112 | ||
10113 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
10114 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
10115 | sect->filepos = note->descpos | |
10116 | + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); | |
10117 | #endif | |
10118 | ||
10119 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) | |
10120 | sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); | |
10121 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); | |
10122 | #endif | |
10123 | ||
10124 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
10125 | ||
10126 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); | |
10127 | } | |
10128 | #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ | |
10129 | ||
10130 | /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by | |
10131 | Cygwin's core_dump.h */ | |
10132 | #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1 | |
10133 | #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2 | |
10134 | #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3 | |
10135 | #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4 | |
10136 | ||
10137 | static bfd_boolean | |
10138 | elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10139 | { | |
10140 | char buf[30]; | |
10141 | char *name; | |
10142 | size_t len; | |
10143 | size_t name_size; | |
10144 | asection *sect; | |
10145 | unsigned int type; | |
10146 | int is_active_thread; | |
10147 | bfd_vma base_addr; | |
10148 | ||
10149 | if (note->descsz < 4) | |
10150 | return TRUE; | |
10151 | ||
10152 | if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) | |
10153 | return TRUE; | |
10154 | ||
10155 | type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); | |
10156 | ||
10157 | struct { | |
10158 | const char *type_name; | |
10159 | unsigned long min_size; | |
10160 | } size_check[] = | |
10161 | { | |
10162 | { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 }, | |
10163 | { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 }, | |
10164 | { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 }, | |
10165 | { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 }, | |
10166 | }; | |
10167 | ||
10168 | if (type > (sizeof(size_check)/sizeof(size_check[0]))) | |
10169 | return TRUE; | |
10170 | ||
10171 | if (note->descsz < size_check[type - 1].min_size) | |
10172 | { | |
10173 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"), | |
10174 | abfd, size_check[type - 1].type_name, note->descsz); | |
10175 | return TRUE; | |
10176 | } | |
10177 | ||
10178 | switch (type) | |
10179 | { | |
10180 | case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS: | |
10181 | /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */ | |
10182 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); | |
10183 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); | |
10184 | break; | |
10185 | ||
10186 | case NOTE_INFO_THREAD: | |
10187 | /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT | |
10188 | structure. */ | |
10189 | /* thread_info.tid */ | |
10190 | sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4)); | |
10191 | ||
10192 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
10193 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
10194 | if (name == NULL) | |
10195 | return FALSE; | |
10196 | ||
10197 | memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
10198 | ||
10199 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
10200 | if (sect == NULL) | |
10201 | return FALSE; | |
10202 | ||
10203 | /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ | |
10204 | sect->size = note->descsz - 12; | |
10205 | /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ | |
10206 | sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; | |
10207 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
10208 | ||
10209 | /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ | |
10210 | is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); | |
10211 | ||
10212 | if (is_active_thread) | |
10213 | if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) | |
10214 | return FALSE; | |
10215 | break; | |
10216 | ||
10217 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE: | |
10218 | case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64: | |
10219 | /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ | |
10220 | if (type == NOTE_INFO_MODULE) | |
10221 | { | |
10222 | /* module_info.base_address */ | |
10223 | base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); | |
10224 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); | |
10225 | /* module_info.module_name_size */ | |
10226 | name_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); | |
10227 | } | |
10228 | else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */ | |
10229 | { | |
10230 | /* module_info.base_address */ | |
10231 | base_addr = bfd_get_64 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); | |
10232 | sprintf (buf, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); | |
10233 | /* module_info.module_name_size */ | |
10234 | name_size = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); | |
10235 | } | |
10236 | ||
10237 | len = strlen (buf) + 1; | |
10238 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
10239 | if (name == NULL) | |
10240 | return FALSE; | |
10241 | ||
10242 | memcpy (name, buf, len); | |
10243 | ||
10244 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
10245 | ||
10246 | if (sect == NULL) | |
10247 | return FALSE; | |
10248 | ||
10249 | if (note->descsz < 12 + name_size) | |
10250 | { | |
10251 | _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %zu"), | |
10252 | abfd, note->descsz, name_size); | |
10253 | return TRUE; | |
10254 | } | |
10255 | ||
10256 | sect->size = note->descsz; | |
10257 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
10258 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
10259 | break; | |
10260 | ||
10261 | default: | |
10262 | return TRUE; | |
10263 | } | |
10264 | ||
10265 | return TRUE; | |
10266 | } | |
10267 | ||
10268 | static bfd_boolean | |
10269 | elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10270 | { | |
10271 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
10272 | ||
10273 | switch (note->type) | |
10274 | { | |
10275 | default: | |
10276 | return TRUE; | |
10277 | ||
10278 | case NT_PRSTATUS: | |
10279 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) | |
10280 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) | |
10281 | return TRUE; | |
10282 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
10283 | return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); | |
10284 | #else | |
10285 | return TRUE; | |
10286 | #endif | |
10287 | ||
10288 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
10289 | case NT_PSTATUS: | |
10290 | return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); | |
10291 | #endif | |
10292 | ||
10293 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
10294 | case NT_LWPSTATUS: | |
10295 | return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); | |
10296 | #endif | |
10297 | ||
10298 | case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ | |
10299 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); | |
10300 | ||
10301 | case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: | |
10302 | return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); | |
10303 | ||
10304 | case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ | |
10305 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10306 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10307 | return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); | |
10308 | else | |
10309 | return TRUE; | |
10310 | ||
10311 | case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ | |
10312 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10313 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10314 | return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); | |
10315 | else | |
10316 | return TRUE; | |
10317 | ||
10318 | case NT_PPC_VMX: | |
10319 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10320 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10321 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); | |
10322 | else | |
10323 | return TRUE; | |
10324 | ||
10325 | case NT_PPC_VSX: | |
10326 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10327 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10328 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); | |
10329 | else | |
10330 | return TRUE; | |
10331 | ||
10332 | case NT_PPC_TAR: | |
10333 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10334 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10335 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd, note); | |
10336 | else | |
10337 | return TRUE; | |
10338 | ||
10339 | case NT_PPC_PPR: | |
10340 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10341 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10342 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd, note); | |
10343 | else | |
10344 | return TRUE; | |
10345 | ||
10346 | case NT_PPC_DSCR: | |
10347 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10348 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10349 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd, note); | |
10350 | else | |
10351 | return TRUE; | |
10352 | ||
10353 | case NT_PPC_EBB: | |
10354 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10355 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10356 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd, note); | |
10357 | else | |
10358 | return TRUE; | |
10359 | ||
10360 | case NT_PPC_PMU: | |
10361 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10362 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10363 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd, note); | |
10364 | else | |
10365 | return TRUE; | |
10366 | ||
10367 | case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR: | |
10368 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10369 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10370 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd, note); | |
10371 | else | |
10372 | return TRUE; | |
10373 | ||
10374 | case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR: | |
10375 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10376 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10377 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd, note); | |
10378 | else | |
10379 | return TRUE; | |
10380 | ||
10381 | case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX: | |
10382 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10383 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10384 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd, note); | |
10385 | else | |
10386 | return TRUE; | |
10387 | ||
10388 | case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX: | |
10389 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10390 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10391 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd, note); | |
10392 | else | |
10393 | return TRUE; | |
10394 | ||
10395 | case NT_PPC_TM_SPR: | |
10396 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10397 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10398 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd, note); | |
10399 | else | |
10400 | return TRUE; | |
10401 | ||
10402 | case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR: | |
10403 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10404 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10405 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd, note); | |
10406 | else | |
10407 | return TRUE; | |
10408 | ||
10409 | case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR: | |
10410 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10411 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10412 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd, note); | |
10413 | else | |
10414 | return TRUE; | |
10415 | ||
10416 | case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR: | |
10417 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10418 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10419 | return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd, note); | |
10420 | else | |
10421 | return TRUE; | |
10422 | ||
10423 | case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: | |
10424 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10425 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10426 | return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); | |
10427 | else | |
10428 | return TRUE; | |
10429 | ||
10430 | case NT_S390_TIMER: | |
10431 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10432 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10433 | return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); | |
10434 | else | |
10435 | return TRUE; | |
10436 | ||
10437 | case NT_S390_TODCMP: | |
10438 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10439 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10440 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); | |
10441 | else | |
10442 | return TRUE; | |
10443 | ||
10444 | case NT_S390_TODPREG: | |
10445 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10446 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10447 | return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); | |
10448 | else | |
10449 | return TRUE; | |
10450 | ||
10451 | case NT_S390_CTRS: | |
10452 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10453 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10454 | return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); | |
10455 | else | |
10456 | return TRUE; | |
10457 | ||
10458 | case NT_S390_PREFIX: | |
10459 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10460 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10461 | return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); | |
10462 | else | |
10463 | return TRUE; | |
10464 | ||
10465 | case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: | |
10466 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10467 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10468 | return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); | |
10469 | else | |
10470 | return TRUE; | |
10471 | ||
10472 | case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: | |
10473 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10474 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10475 | return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); | |
10476 | else | |
10477 | return TRUE; | |
10478 | ||
10479 | case NT_S390_TDB: | |
10480 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10481 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10482 | return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note); | |
10483 | else | |
10484 | return TRUE; | |
10485 | ||
10486 | case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW: | |
10487 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10488 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10489 | return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note); | |
10490 | else | |
10491 | return TRUE; | |
10492 | ||
10493 | case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH: | |
10494 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10495 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10496 | return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note); | |
10497 | else | |
10498 | return TRUE; | |
10499 | ||
10500 | case NT_S390_GS_CB: | |
10501 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10502 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10503 | return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd, note); | |
10504 | else | |
10505 | return TRUE; | |
10506 | ||
10507 | case NT_S390_GS_BC: | |
10508 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10509 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10510 | return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd, note); | |
10511 | else | |
10512 | return TRUE; | |
10513 | ||
10514 | case NT_ARC_V2: | |
10515 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10516 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10517 | return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd, note); | |
10518 | else | |
10519 | return TRUE; | |
10520 | ||
10521 | case NT_ARM_VFP: | |
10522 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10523 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10524 | return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); | |
10525 | else | |
10526 | return TRUE; | |
10527 | ||
10528 | case NT_ARM_TLS: | |
10529 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10530 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10531 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note); | |
10532 | else | |
10533 | return TRUE; | |
10534 | ||
10535 | case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK: | |
10536 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10537 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10538 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note); | |
10539 | else | |
10540 | return TRUE; | |
10541 | ||
10542 | case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH: | |
10543 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10544 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10545 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note); | |
10546 | else | |
10547 | return TRUE; | |
10548 | ||
10549 | case NT_ARM_SVE: | |
10550 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10551 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10552 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd, note); | |
10553 | else | |
10554 | return TRUE; | |
10555 | ||
10556 | case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK: | |
10557 | if (note->namesz == 6 | |
10558 | && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) | |
10559 | return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd, note); | |
10560 | else | |
10561 | return TRUE; | |
10562 | ||
10563 | case NT_PRPSINFO: | |
10564 | case NT_PSINFO: | |
10565 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) | |
10566 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) | |
10567 | return TRUE; | |
10568 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
10569 | return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); | |
10570 | #else | |
10571 | return TRUE; | |
10572 | #endif | |
10573 | ||
10574 | case NT_AUXV: | |
10575 | return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 0); | |
10576 | ||
10577 | case NT_FILE: | |
10578 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file", | |
10579 | note); | |
10580 | ||
10581 | case NT_SIGINFO: | |
10582 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo", | |
10583 | note); | |
10584 | ||
10585 | } | |
10586 | } | |
10587 | ||
10588 | static bfd_boolean | |
10589 | elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10590 | { | |
10591 | struct bfd_build_id* build_id; | |
10592 | ||
10593 | if (note->descsz == 0) | |
10594 | return FALSE; | |
10595 | ||
10596 | build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz); | |
10597 | if (build_id == NULL) | |
10598 | return FALSE; | |
10599 | ||
10600 | build_id->size = note->descsz; | |
10601 | memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); | |
10602 | abfd->build_id = build_id; | |
10603 | ||
10604 | return TRUE; | |
10605 | } | |
10606 | ||
10607 | static bfd_boolean | |
10608 | elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10609 | { | |
10610 | switch (note->type) | |
10611 | { | |
10612 | default: | |
10613 | return TRUE; | |
10614 | ||
10615 | case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0: | |
10616 | return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd, note); | |
10617 | ||
10618 | case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: | |
10619 | return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); | |
10620 | } | |
10621 | } | |
10622 | ||
10623 | static bfd_boolean | |
10624 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10625 | { | |
10626 | struct sdt_note *cur = | |
10627 | (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, | |
10628 | sizeof (struct sdt_note) + note->descsz); | |
10629 | ||
10630 | cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; | |
10631 | cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; | |
10632 | memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); | |
10633 | ||
10634 | elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; | |
10635 | ||
10636 | return TRUE; | |
10637 | } | |
10638 | ||
10639 | static bfd_boolean | |
10640 | elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10641 | { | |
10642 | switch (note->type) | |
10643 | { | |
10644 | case NT_STAPSDT: | |
10645 | return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); | |
10646 | ||
10647 | default: | |
10648 | return TRUE; | |
10649 | } | |
10650 | } | |
10651 | ||
10652 | static bfd_boolean | |
10653 | elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10654 | { | |
10655 | size_t offset; | |
10656 | ||
10657 | switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]) | |
10658 | { | |
10659 | case ELFCLASS32: | |
10660 | if (note->descsz < 108) | |
10661 | return FALSE; | |
10662 | break; | |
10663 | ||
10664 | case ELFCLASS64: | |
10665 | if (note->descsz < 120) | |
10666 | return FALSE; | |
10667 | break; | |
10668 | ||
10669 | default: | |
10670 | return FALSE; | |
10671 | } | |
10672 | ||
10673 | /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */ | |
10674 | if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1) | |
10675 | return FALSE; | |
10676 | ||
10677 | offset = 4; | |
10678 | ||
10679 | /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */ | |
10680 | if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) | |
10681 | offset += 4; | |
10682 | else | |
10683 | { | |
10684 | offset += 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */ | |
10685 | offset += 8; | |
10686 | } | |
10687 | ||
10688 | /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */ | |
10689 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program | |
10690 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 17); | |
10691 | offset += 17; | |
10692 | ||
10693 | /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */ | |
10694 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | |
10695 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + offset, 81); | |
10696 | offset += 81; | |
10697 | ||
10698 | /* Padding before pr_pid. */ | |
10699 | offset += 2; | |
10700 | ||
10701 | /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */ | |
10702 | if (note->descsz < offset + 4) | |
10703 | return TRUE; | |
10704 | ||
10705 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid | |
10706 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset); | |
10707 | ||
10708 | return TRUE; | |
10709 | } | |
10710 | ||
10711 | static bfd_boolean | |
10712 | elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10713 | { | |
10714 | size_t offset; | |
10715 | size_t size; | |
10716 | size_t min_size; | |
10717 | ||
10718 | /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz. | |
10719 | Also compute minimum size of this note. */ | |
10720 | switch (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]) | |
10721 | { | |
10722 | case ELFCLASS32: | |
10723 | offset = 4 + 4; | |
10724 | min_size = offset + (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4; | |
10725 | break; | |
10726 | ||
10727 | case ELFCLASS64: | |
10728 | offset = 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */ | |
10729 | min_size = offset + (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4; | |
10730 | break; | |
10731 | ||
10732 | default: | |
10733 | return FALSE; | |
10734 | } | |
10735 | ||
10736 | if (note->descsz < min_size) | |
10737 | return FALSE; | |
10738 | ||
10739 | /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */ | |
10740 | if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata) != 1) | |
10741 | return FALSE; | |
10742 | ||
10743 | /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */ | |
10744 | /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */ | |
10745 | if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS32) | |
10746 | { | |
10747 | size = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset); | |
10748 | offset += 4 * 2; | |
10749 | } | |
10750 | else | |
10751 | { | |
10752 | size = bfd_h_get_64 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset); | |
10753 | offset += 8 * 2; | |
10754 | } | |
10755 | ||
10756 | /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */ | |
10757 | offset += 4; | |
10758 | ||
10759 | /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */ | |
10760 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) | |
10761 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal | |
10762 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset); | |
10763 | offset += 4; | |
10764 | ||
10765 | /* Read TID from pr_pid. */ | |
10766 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid | |
10767 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + offset); | |
10768 | offset += 4; | |
10769 | ||
10770 | /* Padding before pr_reg. */ | |
10771 | if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) | |
10772 | offset += 4; | |
10773 | ||
10774 | /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */ | |
10775 | if ((note->descsz - offset) < size) | |
10776 | return FALSE; | |
10777 | ||
10778 | /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ | |
10779 | return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", | |
10780 | size, note->descpos + offset); | |
10781 | } | |
10782 | ||
10783 | static bfd_boolean | |
10784 | elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10785 | { | |
10786 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
10787 | ||
10788 | switch (note->type) | |
10789 | { | |
10790 | case NT_PRSTATUS: | |
10791 | if (bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus) | |
10792 | if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus) (abfd, note)) | |
10793 | return TRUE; | |
10794 | return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd, note); | |
10795 | ||
10796 | case NT_FPREGSET: | |
10797 | return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); | |
10798 | ||
10799 | case NT_PRPSINFO: | |
10800 | return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd, note); | |
10801 | ||
10802 | case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC: | |
10803 | if (note->namesz == 8) | |
10804 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note); | |
10805 | else | |
10806 | return TRUE; | |
10807 | ||
10808 | case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC: | |
10809 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.proc", | |
10810 | note); | |
10811 | ||
10812 | case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES: | |
10813 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.files", | |
10814 | note); | |
10815 | ||
10816 | case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP: | |
10817 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap", | |
10818 | note); | |
10819 | ||
10820 | case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV: | |
10821 | return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 4); | |
10822 | ||
10823 | case NT_X86_XSTATE: | |
10824 | if (note->namesz == 8) | |
10825 | return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); | |
10826 | else | |
10827 | return TRUE; | |
10828 | ||
10829 | case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO: | |
10830 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo", | |
10831 | note); | |
10832 | ||
10833 | case NT_ARM_VFP: | |
10834 | return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); | |
10835 | ||
10836 | default: | |
10837 | return TRUE; | |
10838 | } | |
10839 | } | |
10840 | ||
10841 | static bfd_boolean | |
10842 | elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) | |
10843 | { | |
10844 | char *cp; | |
10845 | ||
10846 | cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); | |
10847 | if (cp != NULL) | |
10848 | { | |
10849 | *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); | |
10850 | return TRUE; | |
10851 | } | |
10852 | return FALSE; | |
10853 | } | |
10854 | ||
10855 | static bfd_boolean | |
10856 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10857 | { | |
10858 | if (note->descsz <= 0x7c + 31) | |
10859 | return FALSE; | |
10860 | ||
10861 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ | |
10862 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal | |
10863 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); | |
10864 | ||
10865 | /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ | |
10866 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid | |
10867 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); | |
10868 | ||
10869 | /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ | |
10870 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | |
10871 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); | |
10872 | ||
10873 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", | |
10874 | note); | |
10875 | } | |
10876 | ||
10877 | static bfd_boolean | |
10878 | elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10879 | { | |
10880 | int lwp; | |
10881 | ||
10882 | if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) | |
10883 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp; | |
10884 | ||
10885 | switch (note->type) | |
10886 | { | |
10887 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO: | |
10888 | /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to | |
10889 | find this note before any of the others, which is fine, | |
10890 | since the kernel writes this note out first when it | |
10891 | creates a core file. */ | |
10892 | return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); | |
10893 | #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV | |
10894 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV: | |
10895 | /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */ | |
10896 | return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 4); | |
10897 | #endif | |
10898 | #ifdef NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS | |
10899 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS: | |
10900 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, | |
10901 | ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus", | |
10902 | note); | |
10903 | #endif | |
10904 | default: | |
10905 | break; | |
10906 | } | |
10907 | ||
10908 | /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes | |
10909 | defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less | |
10910 | than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't | |
10911 | understand it. */ | |
10912 | ||
10913 | if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) | |
10914 | return TRUE; | |
10915 | ||
10916 | ||
10917 | switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) | |
10918 | { | |
10919 | /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and | |
10920 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ | |
10921 | ||
10922 | case bfd_arch_aarch64: | |
10923 | case bfd_arch_alpha: | |
10924 | case bfd_arch_sparc: | |
10925 | switch (note->type) | |
10926 | { | |
10927 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: | |
10928 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
10929 | ||
10930 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: | |
10931 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
10932 | ||
10933 | default: | |
10934 | return TRUE; | |
10935 | } | |
10936 | ||
10937 | /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5. | |
10938 | There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg | |
10939 | structure which lacks GBR. */ | |
10940 | ||
10941 | case bfd_arch_sh: | |
10942 | switch (note->type) | |
10943 | { | |
10944 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: | |
10945 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
10946 | ||
10947 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+5: | |
10948 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
10949 | ||
10950 | default: | |
10951 | return TRUE; | |
10952 | } | |
10953 | ||
10954 | /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and | |
10955 | PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ | |
10956 | ||
10957 | default: | |
10958 | switch (note->type) | |
10959 | { | |
10960 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: | |
10961 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
10962 | ||
10963 | case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: | |
10964 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
10965 | ||
10966 | default: | |
10967 | return TRUE; | |
10968 | } | |
10969 | } | |
10970 | /* NOTREACHED */ | |
10971 | } | |
10972 | ||
10973 | static bfd_boolean | |
10974 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10975 | { | |
10976 | if (note->descsz <= 0x48 + 31) | |
10977 | return FALSE; | |
10978 | ||
10979 | /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ | |
10980 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal | |
10981 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); | |
10982 | ||
10983 | /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ | |
10984 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid | |
10985 | = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); | |
10986 | ||
10987 | /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ | |
10988 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command | |
10989 | = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); | |
10990 | ||
10991 | return TRUE; | |
10992 | } | |
10993 | ||
10994 | static bfd_boolean | |
10995 | elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
10996 | { | |
10997 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) | |
10998 | return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); | |
10999 | ||
11000 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) | |
11001 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); | |
11002 | ||
11003 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) | |
11004 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); | |
11005 | ||
11006 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) | |
11007 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); | |
11008 | ||
11009 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) | |
11010 | return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd, note, 0); | |
11011 | ||
11012 | if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) | |
11013 | { | |
11014 | asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", | |
11015 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
11016 | ||
11017 | if (sect == NULL) | |
11018 | return FALSE; | |
11019 | sect->size = note->descsz; | |
11020 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
11021 | sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; | |
11022 | ||
11023 | return TRUE; | |
11024 | } | |
11025 | ||
11026 | return TRUE; | |
11027 | } | |
11028 | ||
11029 | static bfd_boolean | |
11030 | elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) | |
11031 | { | |
11032 | void *ddata = note->descdata; | |
11033 | char buf[100]; | |
11034 | char *name; | |
11035 | asection *sect; | |
11036 | short sig; | |
11037 | unsigned flags; | |
11038 | ||
11039 | if (note->descsz < 16) | |
11040 | return FALSE; | |
11041 | ||
11042 | /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ | |
11043 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); | |
11044 | ||
11045 | /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ | |
11046 | *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); | |
11047 | ||
11048 | /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ | |
11049 | flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); | |
11050 | ||
11051 | /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ | |
11052 | if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) | |
11053 | { | |
11054 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig; | |
11055 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; | |
11056 | } | |
11057 | ||
11058 | /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores | |
11059 | do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current | |
11060 | thread just in case. */ | |
11061 | if (flags & 0x00000080) | |
11062 | elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; | |
11063 | ||
11064 | /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ | |
11065 | sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); | |
11066 | ||
11067 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); | |
11068 | if (name == NULL) | |
11069 | return FALSE; | |
11070 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
11071 | ||
11072 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
11073 | if (sect == NULL) | |
11074 | return FALSE; | |
11075 | ||
11076 | sect->size = note->descsz; | |
11077 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
11078 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
11079 | ||
11080 | return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); | |
11081 | } | |
11082 | ||
11083 | static bfd_boolean | |
11084 | elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, | |
11085 | Elf_Internal_Note *note, | |
11086 | long tid, | |
11087 | char *base) | |
11088 | { | |
11089 | char buf[100]; | |
11090 | char *name; | |
11091 | asection *sect; | |
11092 | ||
11093 | /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ | |
11094 | sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); | |
11095 | ||
11096 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); | |
11097 | if (name == NULL) | |
11098 | return FALSE; | |
11099 | strcpy (name, buf); | |
11100 | ||
11101 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
11102 | if (sect == NULL) | |
11103 | return FALSE; | |
11104 | ||
11105 | sect->size = note->descsz; | |
11106 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
11107 | sect->alignment_power = 2; | |
11108 | ||
11109 | /* This is the current thread. */ | |
11110 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid) | |
11111 | return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); | |
11112 | ||
11113 | return TRUE; | |
11114 | } | |
11115 | ||
11116 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 | |
11117 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 | |
11118 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 | |
11119 | #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 | |
11120 | ||
11121 | static bfd_boolean | |
11122 | elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
11123 | { | |
11124 | /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the | |
11125 | tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs | |
11126 | function. */ | |
11127 | static long tid = 1; | |
11128 | ||
11129 | switch (note->type) | |
11130 | { | |
11131 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: | |
11132 | return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); | |
11133 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: | |
11134 | return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); | |
11135 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: | |
11136 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); | |
11137 | case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: | |
11138 | return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); | |
11139 | default: | |
11140 | return TRUE; | |
11141 | } | |
11142 | } | |
11143 | ||
11144 | static bfd_boolean | |
11145 | elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) | |
11146 | { | |
11147 | char *name; | |
11148 | asection *sect; | |
11149 | size_t len; | |
11150 | ||
11151 | /* Use note name as section name. */ | |
11152 | len = note->namesz; | |
11153 | name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); | |
11154 | if (name == NULL) | |
11155 | return FALSE; | |
11156 | memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); | |
11157 | name[len - 1] = '\0'; | |
11158 | ||
11159 | sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); | |
11160 | if (sect == NULL) | |
11161 | return FALSE; | |
11162 | ||
11163 | sect->size = note->descsz; | |
11164 | sect->filepos = note->descpos; | |
11165 | sect->alignment_power = 1; | |
11166 | ||
11167 | return TRUE; | |
11168 | } | |
11169 | ||
11170 | /* Function: elfcore_write_note | |
11171 | ||
11172 | Inputs: | |
11173 | buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer | |
11174 | name of note | |
11175 | type of note | |
11176 | data for note | |
11177 | size of data for note | |
11178 | ||
11179 | Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as | |
11180 | for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying | |
11181 | that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have | |
11182 | 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. | |
11183 | ||
11184 | Return: | |
11185 | Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ | |
11186 | ||
11187 | char * | |
11188 | elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, | |
11189 | char *buf, | |
11190 | int *bufsiz, | |
11191 | const char *name, | |
11192 | int type, | |
11193 | const void *input, | |
11194 | int size) | |
11195 | { | |
11196 | Elf_External_Note *xnp; | |
11197 | size_t namesz; | |
11198 | size_t newspace; | |
11199 | char *dest; | |
11200 | ||
11201 | namesz = 0; | |
11202 | if (name != NULL) | |
11203 | namesz = strlen (name) + 1; | |
11204 | ||
11205 | newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); | |
11206 | ||
11207 | buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); | |
11208 | if (buf == NULL) | |
11209 | return buf; | |
11210 | dest = buf + *bufsiz; | |
11211 | *bufsiz += newspace; | |
11212 | xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; | |
11213 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); | |
11214 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); | |
11215 | H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); | |
11216 | dest = xnp->name; | |
11217 | if (name != NULL) | |
11218 | { | |
11219 | memcpy (dest, name, namesz); | |
11220 | dest += namesz; | |
11221 | while (namesz & 3) | |
11222 | { | |
11223 | *dest++ = '\0'; | |
11224 | ++namesz; | |
11225 | } | |
11226 | } | |
11227 | memcpy (dest, input, size); | |
11228 | dest += size; | |
11229 | while (size & 3) | |
11230 | { | |
11231 | *dest++ = '\0'; | |
11232 | ++size; | |
11233 | } | |
11234 | return buf; | |
11235 | } | |
11236 | ||
11237 | /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about | |
11238 | possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We | |
11239 | have an external representation of structs with fields that are not | |
11240 | necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal | |
11241 | representation fields that are one larger so that they can always | |
11242 | be NULL terminated. | |
11243 | gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of | |
11244 | diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use | |
11245 | the finer control available with later versions. | |
11246 | gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop. | |
11247 | gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown, | |
11248 | unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma". | |
11249 | (*) Depending on your system header files! */ | |
11250 | #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000 | |
11251 | # pragma GCC diagnostic push | |
11252 | # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation" | |
11253 | #endif | |
11254 | char * | |
11255 | elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, | |
11256 | char *buf, | |
11257 | int *bufsiz, | |
11258 | const char *fname, | |
11259 | const char *psargs) | |
11260 | { | |
11261 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
11262 | ||
11263 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) | |
11264 | { | |
11265 | char *ret; | |
11266 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11267 | NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); | |
11268 | if (ret != NULL) | |
11269 | return ret; | |
11270 | } | |
11271 | ||
11272 | #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
11273 | # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
11274 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
11275 | { | |
11276 | # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) | |
11277 | psinfo32_t data; | |
11278 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; | |
11279 | # else | |
11280 | prpsinfo32_t data; | |
11281 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; | |
11282 | # endif | |
11283 | ||
11284 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); | |
11285 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); | |
11286 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); | |
11287 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11288 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11289 | } | |
11290 | else | |
11291 | # endif | |
11292 | { | |
11293 | # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) | |
11294 | psinfo_t data; | |
11295 | int note_type = NT_PSINFO; | |
11296 | # else | |
11297 | prpsinfo_t data; | |
11298 | int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; | |
11299 | # endif | |
11300 | ||
11301 | memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); | |
11302 | strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); | |
11303 | strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); | |
11304 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11305 | "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11306 | } | |
11307 | #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ | |
11308 | ||
11309 | free (buf); | |
11310 | return NULL; | |
11311 | } | |
11312 | #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000 | |
11313 | # pragma GCC diagnostic pop | |
11314 | #endif | |
11315 | ||
11316 | char * | |
11317 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32 | |
11318 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, | |
11319 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) | |
11320 | { | |
11321 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16) | |
11322 | { | |
11323 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data; | |
11324 | ||
11325 | swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); | |
11326 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, | |
11327 | &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11328 | } | |
11329 | else | |
11330 | { | |
11331 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data; | |
11332 | ||
11333 | swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); | |
11334 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, | |
11335 | &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11336 | } | |
11337 | } | |
11338 | ||
11339 | char * | |
11340 | elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64 | |
11341 | (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, | |
11342 | const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) | |
11343 | { | |
11344 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16) | |
11345 | { | |
11346 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data; | |
11347 | ||
11348 | swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); | |
11349 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11350 | "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11351 | } | |
11352 | else | |
11353 | { | |
11354 | struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data; | |
11355 | ||
11356 | swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); | |
11357 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11358 | "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); | |
11359 | } | |
11360 | } | |
11361 | ||
11362 | char * | |
11363 | elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
11364 | char *buf, | |
11365 | int *bufsiz, | |
11366 | long pid, | |
11367 | int cursig, | |
11368 | const void *gregs) | |
11369 | { | |
11370 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
11371 | ||
11372 | if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) | |
11373 | { | |
11374 | char *ret; | |
11375 | ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11376 | NT_PRSTATUS, | |
11377 | pid, cursig, gregs); | |
11378 | if (ret != NULL) | |
11379 | return ret; | |
11380 | } | |
11381 | ||
11382 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) | |
11383 | #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) | |
11384 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
11385 | { | |
11386 | prstatus32_t prstat; | |
11387 | ||
11388 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
11389 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
11390 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
11391 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); | |
11392 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", | |
11393 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); | |
11394 | } | |
11395 | else | |
11396 | #endif | |
11397 | { | |
11398 | prstatus_t prstat; | |
11399 | ||
11400 | memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); | |
11401 | prstat.pr_pid = pid; | |
11402 | prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
11403 | memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); | |
11404 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", | |
11405 | NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); | |
11406 | } | |
11407 | #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ | |
11408 | ||
11409 | free (buf); | |
11410 | return NULL; | |
11411 | } | |
11412 | ||
11413 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) | |
11414 | char * | |
11415 | elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
11416 | char *buf, | |
11417 | int *bufsiz, | |
11418 | long pid, | |
11419 | int cursig, | |
11420 | const void *gregs) | |
11421 | { | |
11422 | lwpstatus_t lwpstat; | |
11423 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
11424 | ||
11425 | memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
11426 | lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; | |
11427 | lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; | |
11428 | #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) | |
11429 | memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); | |
11430 | #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) | |
11431 | #if !defined(gregs) | |
11432 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, | |
11433 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); | |
11434 | #else | |
11435 | memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, | |
11436 | gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); | |
11437 | #endif | |
11438 | #endif | |
11439 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
11440 | NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); | |
11441 | } | |
11442 | #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ | |
11443 | ||
11444 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) | |
11445 | char * | |
11446 | elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, | |
11447 | char *buf, | |
11448 | int *bufsiz, | |
11449 | long pid, | |
11450 | int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
11451 | const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
11452 | { | |
11453 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
11454 | #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) | |
11455 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
11456 | ||
11457 | if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) | |
11458 | { | |
11459 | pstatus32_t pstat; | |
11460 | ||
11461 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); | |
11462 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; | |
11463 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
11464 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); | |
11465 | return buf; | |
11466 | } | |
11467 | else | |
11468 | #endif | |
11469 | { | |
11470 | pstatus_t pstat; | |
11471 | ||
11472 | memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); | |
11473 | pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; | |
11474 | buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, | |
11475 | NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); | |
11476 | return buf; | |
11477 | } | |
11478 | } | |
11479 | #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ | |
11480 | ||
11481 | char * | |
11482 | elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, | |
11483 | char *buf, | |
11484 | int *bufsiz, | |
11485 | const void *fpregs, | |
11486 | int size) | |
11487 | { | |
11488 | const char *note_name = "CORE"; | |
11489 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11490 | note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); | |
11491 | } | |
11492 | ||
11493 | char * | |
11494 | elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, | |
11495 | char *buf, | |
11496 | int *bufsiz, | |
11497 | const void *xfpregs, | |
11498 | int size) | |
11499 | { | |
11500 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11501 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11502 | note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); | |
11503 | } | |
11504 | ||
11505 | char * | |
11506 | elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, | |
11507 | const void *xfpregs, int size) | |
11508 | { | |
11509 | char *note_name; | |
11510 | if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD) | |
11511 | note_name = "FreeBSD"; | |
11512 | else | |
11513 | note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11514 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11515 | note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); | |
11516 | } | |
11517 | ||
11518 | char * | |
11519 | elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, | |
11520 | char *buf, | |
11521 | int *bufsiz, | |
11522 | const void *ppc_vmx, | |
11523 | int size) | |
11524 | { | |
11525 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11526 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11527 | note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); | |
11528 | } | |
11529 | ||
11530 | char * | |
11531 | elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, | |
11532 | char *buf, | |
11533 | int *bufsiz, | |
11534 | const void *ppc_vsx, | |
11535 | int size) | |
11536 | { | |
11537 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11538 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11539 | note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); | |
11540 | } | |
11541 | ||
11542 | char * | |
11543 | elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd *abfd, | |
11544 | char *buf, | |
11545 | int *bufsiz, | |
11546 | const void *ppc_tar, | |
11547 | int size) | |
11548 | { | |
11549 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11550 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11551 | note_name, NT_PPC_TAR, ppc_tar, size); | |
11552 | } | |
11553 | ||
11554 | char * | |
11555 | elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd *abfd, | |
11556 | char *buf, | |
11557 | int *bufsiz, | |
11558 | const void *ppc_ppr, | |
11559 | int size) | |
11560 | { | |
11561 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11562 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11563 | note_name, NT_PPC_PPR, ppc_ppr, size); | |
11564 | } | |
11565 | ||
11566 | char * | |
11567 | elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd *abfd, | |
11568 | char *buf, | |
11569 | int *bufsiz, | |
11570 | const void *ppc_dscr, | |
11571 | int size) | |
11572 | { | |
11573 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11574 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11575 | note_name, NT_PPC_DSCR, ppc_dscr, size); | |
11576 | } | |
11577 | ||
11578 | char * | |
11579 | elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd *abfd, | |
11580 | char *buf, | |
11581 | int *bufsiz, | |
11582 | const void *ppc_ebb, | |
11583 | int size) | |
11584 | { | |
11585 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11586 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11587 | note_name, NT_PPC_EBB, ppc_ebb, size); | |
11588 | } | |
11589 | ||
11590 | char * | |
11591 | elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd *abfd, | |
11592 | char *buf, | |
11593 | int *bufsiz, | |
11594 | const void *ppc_pmu, | |
11595 | int size) | |
11596 | { | |
11597 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11598 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11599 | note_name, NT_PPC_PMU, ppc_pmu, size); | |
11600 | } | |
11601 | ||
11602 | char * | |
11603 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd *abfd, | |
11604 | char *buf, | |
11605 | int *bufsiz, | |
11606 | const void *ppc_tm_cgpr, | |
11607 | int size) | |
11608 | { | |
11609 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11610 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11611 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR, ppc_tm_cgpr, size); | |
11612 | } | |
11613 | ||
11614 | char * | |
11615 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd *abfd, | |
11616 | char *buf, | |
11617 | int *bufsiz, | |
11618 | const void *ppc_tm_cfpr, | |
11619 | int size) | |
11620 | { | |
11621 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11622 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11623 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR, ppc_tm_cfpr, size); | |
11624 | } | |
11625 | ||
11626 | char * | |
11627 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd *abfd, | |
11628 | char *buf, | |
11629 | int *bufsiz, | |
11630 | const void *ppc_tm_cvmx, | |
11631 | int size) | |
11632 | { | |
11633 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11634 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11635 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX, ppc_tm_cvmx, size); | |
11636 | } | |
11637 | ||
11638 | char * | |
11639 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd *abfd, | |
11640 | char *buf, | |
11641 | int *bufsiz, | |
11642 | const void *ppc_tm_cvsx, | |
11643 | int size) | |
11644 | { | |
11645 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11646 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11647 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX, ppc_tm_cvsx, size); | |
11648 | } | |
11649 | ||
11650 | char * | |
11651 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd *abfd, | |
11652 | char *buf, | |
11653 | int *bufsiz, | |
11654 | const void *ppc_tm_spr, | |
11655 | int size) | |
11656 | { | |
11657 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11658 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11659 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_SPR, ppc_tm_spr, size); | |
11660 | } | |
11661 | ||
11662 | char * | |
11663 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd *abfd, | |
11664 | char *buf, | |
11665 | int *bufsiz, | |
11666 | const void *ppc_tm_ctar, | |
11667 | int size) | |
11668 | { | |
11669 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11670 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11671 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR, ppc_tm_ctar, size); | |
11672 | } | |
11673 | ||
11674 | char * | |
11675 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd *abfd, | |
11676 | char *buf, | |
11677 | int *bufsiz, | |
11678 | const void *ppc_tm_cppr, | |
11679 | int size) | |
11680 | { | |
11681 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11682 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11683 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR, ppc_tm_cppr, size); | |
11684 | } | |
11685 | ||
11686 | char * | |
11687 | elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd *abfd, | |
11688 | char *buf, | |
11689 | int *bufsiz, | |
11690 | const void *ppc_tm_cdscr, | |
11691 | int size) | |
11692 | { | |
11693 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11694 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11695 | note_name, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR, ppc_tm_cdscr, size); | |
11696 | } | |
11697 | ||
11698 | static char * | |
11699 | elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, | |
11700 | char *buf, | |
11701 | int *bufsiz, | |
11702 | const void *s390_high_gprs, | |
11703 | int size) | |
11704 | { | |
11705 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11706 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11707 | note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, | |
11708 | s390_high_gprs, size); | |
11709 | } | |
11710 | ||
11711 | char * | |
11712 | elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, | |
11713 | char *buf, | |
11714 | int *bufsiz, | |
11715 | const void *s390_timer, | |
11716 | int size) | |
11717 | { | |
11718 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11719 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11720 | note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); | |
11721 | } | |
11722 | ||
11723 | char * | |
11724 | elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, | |
11725 | char *buf, | |
11726 | int *bufsiz, | |
11727 | const void *s390_todcmp, | |
11728 | int size) | |
11729 | { | |
11730 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11731 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11732 | note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); | |
11733 | } | |
11734 | ||
11735 | char * | |
11736 | elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, | |
11737 | char *buf, | |
11738 | int *bufsiz, | |
11739 | const void *s390_todpreg, | |
11740 | int size) | |
11741 | { | |
11742 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11743 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11744 | note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); | |
11745 | } | |
11746 | ||
11747 | char * | |
11748 | elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, | |
11749 | char *buf, | |
11750 | int *bufsiz, | |
11751 | const void *s390_ctrs, | |
11752 | int size) | |
11753 | { | |
11754 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11755 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11756 | note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); | |
11757 | } | |
11758 | ||
11759 | char * | |
11760 | elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, | |
11761 | char *buf, | |
11762 | int *bufsiz, | |
11763 | const void *s390_prefix, | |
11764 | int size) | |
11765 | { | |
11766 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11767 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11768 | note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); | |
11769 | } | |
11770 | ||
11771 | char * | |
11772 | elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, | |
11773 | char *buf, | |
11774 | int *bufsiz, | |
11775 | const void *s390_last_break, | |
11776 | int size) | |
11777 | { | |
11778 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11779 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11780 | note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, | |
11781 | s390_last_break, size); | |
11782 | } | |
11783 | ||
11784 | char * | |
11785 | elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, | |
11786 | char *buf, | |
11787 | int *bufsiz, | |
11788 | const void *s390_system_call, | |
11789 | int size) | |
11790 | { | |
11791 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11792 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11793 | note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, | |
11794 | s390_system_call, size); | |
11795 | } | |
11796 | ||
11797 | char * | |
11798 | elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, | |
11799 | char *buf, | |
11800 | int *bufsiz, | |
11801 | const void *s390_tdb, | |
11802 | int size) | |
11803 | { | |
11804 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11805 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11806 | note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size); | |
11807 | } | |
11808 | ||
11809 | char * | |
11810 | elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, | |
11811 | char *buf, | |
11812 | int *bufsiz, | |
11813 | const void *s390_vxrs_low, | |
11814 | int size) | |
11815 | { | |
11816 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11817 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11818 | note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size); | |
11819 | } | |
11820 | ||
11821 | char * | |
11822 | elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, | |
11823 | char *buf, | |
11824 | int *bufsiz, | |
11825 | const void *s390_vxrs_high, | |
11826 | int size) | |
11827 | { | |
11828 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11829 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11830 | note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH, | |
11831 | s390_vxrs_high, size); | |
11832 | } | |
11833 | ||
11834 | char * | |
11835 | elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd *abfd, | |
11836 | char *buf, | |
11837 | int *bufsiz, | |
11838 | const void *s390_gs_cb, | |
11839 | int size) | |
11840 | { | |
11841 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11842 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11843 | note_name, NT_S390_GS_CB, | |
11844 | s390_gs_cb, size); | |
11845 | } | |
11846 | ||
11847 | char * | |
11848 | elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd *abfd, | |
11849 | char *buf, | |
11850 | int *bufsiz, | |
11851 | const void *s390_gs_bc, | |
11852 | int size) | |
11853 | { | |
11854 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11855 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11856 | note_name, NT_S390_GS_BC, | |
11857 | s390_gs_bc, size); | |
11858 | } | |
11859 | ||
11860 | char * | |
11861 | elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, | |
11862 | char *buf, | |
11863 | int *bufsiz, | |
11864 | const void *arm_vfp, | |
11865 | int size) | |
11866 | { | |
11867 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11868 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11869 | note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); | |
11870 | } | |
11871 | ||
11872 | char * | |
11873 | elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, | |
11874 | char *buf, | |
11875 | int *bufsiz, | |
11876 | const void *aarch_tls, | |
11877 | int size) | |
11878 | { | |
11879 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11880 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11881 | note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size); | |
11882 | } | |
11883 | ||
11884 | char * | |
11885 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, | |
11886 | char *buf, | |
11887 | int *bufsiz, | |
11888 | const void *aarch_hw_break, | |
11889 | int size) | |
11890 | { | |
11891 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11892 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11893 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size); | |
11894 | } | |
11895 | ||
11896 | char * | |
11897 | elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, | |
11898 | char *buf, | |
11899 | int *bufsiz, | |
11900 | const void *aarch_hw_watch, | |
11901 | int size) | |
11902 | { | |
11903 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11904 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11905 | note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size); | |
11906 | } | |
11907 | ||
11908 | char * | |
11909 | elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd *abfd, | |
11910 | char *buf, | |
11911 | int *bufsiz, | |
11912 | const void *aarch_sve, | |
11913 | int size) | |
11914 | { | |
11915 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11916 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11917 | note_name, NT_ARM_SVE, aarch_sve, size); | |
11918 | } | |
11919 | ||
11920 | char * | |
11921 | elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd *abfd, | |
11922 | char *buf, | |
11923 | int *bufsiz, | |
11924 | const void *aarch_pauth, | |
11925 | int size) | |
11926 | { | |
11927 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11928 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11929 | note_name, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK, aarch_pauth, size); | |
11930 | } | |
11931 | ||
11932 | char * | |
11933 | elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd *abfd, | |
11934 | char *buf, | |
11935 | int *bufsiz, | |
11936 | const void *arc_v2, | |
11937 | int size) | |
11938 | { | |
11939 | char *note_name = "LINUX"; | |
11940 | return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, | |
11941 | note_name, NT_ARC_V2, arc_v2, size); | |
11942 | } | |
11943 | ||
11944 | char * | |
11945 | elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, | |
11946 | char *buf, | |
11947 | int *bufsiz, | |
11948 | const char *section, | |
11949 | const void *data, | |
11950 | int size) | |
11951 | { | |
11952 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) | |
11953 | return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11954 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) | |
11955 | return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11956 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) | |
11957 | return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11958 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) | |
11959 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11960 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) | |
11961 | return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11962 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0) | |
11963 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11964 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0) | |
11965 | return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11966 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0) | |
11967 | return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11968 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0) | |
11969 | return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11970 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0) | |
11971 | return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11972 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0) | |
11973 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11974 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0) | |
11975 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11976 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0) | |
11977 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11978 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0) | |
11979 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11980 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0) | |
11981 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11982 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0) | |
11983 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11984 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0) | |
11985 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11986 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0) | |
11987 | return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11988 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) | |
11989 | return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11990 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) | |
11991 | return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11992 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) | |
11993 | return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11994 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) | |
11995 | return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11996 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) | |
11997 | return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
11998 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) | |
11999 | return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12000 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) | |
12001 | return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12002 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) | |
12003 | return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12004 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0) | |
12005 | return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12006 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0) | |
12007 | return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12008 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0) | |
12009 | return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12010 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0) | |
12011 | return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12012 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0) | |
12013 | return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12014 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) | |
12015 | return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12016 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0) | |
12017 | return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12018 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0) | |
12019 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12020 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0) | |
12021 | return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12022 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0) | |
12023 | return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12024 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0) | |
12025 | return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12026 | if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0) | |
12027 | return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); | |
12028 | return NULL; | |
12029 | } | |
12030 | ||
12031 | static bfd_boolean | |
12032 | elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset, | |
12033 | size_t align) | |
12034 | { | |
12035 | char *p; | |
12036 | ||
12037 | /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1. | |
12038 | gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4 | |
12039 | bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If | |
12040 | align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */ | |
12041 | if (align < 4) | |
12042 | align = 4; | |
12043 | if (align != 4 && align != 8) | |
12044 | return FALSE; | |
12045 | ||
12046 | p = buf; | |
12047 | while (p < buf + size) | |
12048 | { | |
12049 | Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; | |
12050 | Elf_Internal_Note in; | |
12051 | ||
12052 | if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) | |
12053 | return FALSE; | |
12054 | ||
12055 | in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); | |
12056 | ||
12057 | in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); | |
12058 | in.namedata = xnp->name; | |
12059 | if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) | |
12060 | return FALSE; | |
12061 | ||
12062 | in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); | |
12063 | in.descdata = p + ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in.namesz, align); | |
12064 | in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); | |
12065 | if (in.descsz != 0 | |
12066 | && (in.descdata >= buf + size | |
12067 | || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) | |
12068 | return FALSE; | |
12069 | ||
12070 | switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) | |
12071 | { | |
12072 | default: | |
12073 | return TRUE; | |
12074 | ||
12075 | case bfd_core: | |
12076 | { | |
12077 | #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F} | |
12078 | struct | |
12079 | { | |
12080 | const char * string; | |
12081 | size_t len; | |
12082 | bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *); | |
12083 | } | |
12084 | grokers[] = | |
12085 | { | |
12086 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note), | |
12087 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note), | |
12088 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note), | |
12089 | GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note), | |
12090 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note), | |
12091 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note), | |
12092 | GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note) | |
12093 | }; | |
12094 | #undef GROKER_ELEMENT | |
12095 | int i; | |
12096 | ||
12097 | for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;) | |
12098 | { | |
12099 | if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len | |
12100 | && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string, | |
12101 | grokers[i].len) == 0) | |
12102 | { | |
12103 | if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in)) | |
12104 | return FALSE; | |
12105 | break; | |
12106 | } | |
12107 | } | |
12108 | break; | |
12109 | } | |
12110 | ||
12111 | case bfd_object: | |
12112 | if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) | |
12113 | { | |
12114 | if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) | |
12115 | return FALSE; | |
12116 | } | |
12117 | else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" | |
12118 | && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) | |
12119 | { | |
12120 | if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) | |
12121 | return FALSE; | |
12122 | } | |
12123 | break; | |
12124 | } | |
12125 | ||
12126 | p += ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in.namesz, in.descsz, align); | |
12127 | } | |
12128 | ||
12129 | return TRUE; | |
12130 | } | |
12131 | ||
12132 | bfd_boolean | |
12133 | elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size, | |
12134 | size_t align) | |
12135 | { | |
12136 | char *buf; | |
12137 | ||
12138 | if (size == 0 || (size + 1) == 0) | |
12139 | return TRUE; | |
12140 | ||
12141 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) | |
12142 | return FALSE; | |
12143 | ||
12144 | buf = (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd, size + 1, size); | |
12145 | if (buf == NULL) | |
12146 | return FALSE; | |
12147 | ||
12148 | /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814 | |
12149 | 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */ | |
12150 | buf[size] = 0; | |
12151 | ||
12152 | if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset, align)) | |
12153 | { | |
12154 | free (buf); | |
12155 | return FALSE; | |
12156 | } | |
12157 | ||
12158 | free (buf); | |
12159 | return TRUE; | |
12160 | } | |
12161 | \f | |
12162 | /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ | |
12163 | ||
12164 | /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a | |
12165 | copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error | |
12166 | occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
12167 | ||
12168 | long | |
12169 | bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) | |
12170 | { | |
12171 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
12172 | { | |
12173 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
12174 | return -1; | |
12175 | } | |
12176 | ||
12177 | return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); | |
12178 | } | |
12179 | ||
12180 | /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries | |
12181 | will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as | |
12182 | defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the | |
12183 | buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. | |
12184 | ||
12185 | Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an | |
12186 | error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ | |
12187 | ||
12188 | int | |
12189 | bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) | |
12190 | { | |
12191 | int num_phdrs; | |
12192 | ||
12193 | if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) | |
12194 | { | |
12195 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); | |
12196 | return -1; | |
12197 | } | |
12198 | ||
12199 | num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; | |
12200 | if (num_phdrs != 0) | |
12201 | memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, | |
12202 | num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); | |
12203 | ||
12204 | return num_phdrs; | |
12205 | } | |
12206 | ||
12207 | enum elf_reloc_type_class | |
12208 | _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12209 | const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12210 | const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) | |
12211 | { | |
12212 | return reloc_class_normal; | |
12213 | } | |
12214 | ||
12215 | /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a | |
12216 | relocation against a local symbol. */ | |
12217 | ||
12218 | bfd_vma | |
12219 | _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, | |
12220 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, | |
12221 | asection **psec, | |
12222 | Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) | |
12223 | { | |
12224 | asection *sec = *psec; | |
12225 | bfd_vma relocation; | |
12226 | ||
12227 | relocation = (sec->output_section->vma | |
12228 | + sec->output_offset | |
12229 | + sym->st_value); | |
12230 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) | |
12231 | && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION | |
12232 | && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
12233 | { | |
12234 | rel->r_addend = | |
12235 | _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, | |
12236 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
12237 | sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); | |
12238 | if (sec != *psec) | |
12239 | { | |
12240 | /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is | |
12241 | marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original | |
12242 | SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some | |
12243 | other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave | |
12244 | some info around for --emit-relocs. */ | |
12245 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) | |
12246 | sec->kept_section = *psec; | |
12247 | sec = *psec; | |
12248 | } | |
12249 | rel->r_addend -= relocation; | |
12250 | rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; | |
12251 | } | |
12252 | return relocation; | |
12253 | } | |
12254 | ||
12255 | bfd_vma | |
12256 | _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, | |
12257 | Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, | |
12258 | asection **psec, | |
12259 | bfd_vma addend) | |
12260 | { | |
12261 | asection *sec = *psec; | |
12262 | ||
12263 | if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) | |
12264 | return sym->st_value + addend; | |
12265 | ||
12266 | return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, | |
12267 | elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
12268 | sym->st_value + addend); | |
12269 | } | |
12270 | ||
12271 | /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return | |
12272 | the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the | |
12273 | section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid. | |
12274 | The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a | |
12275 | byte may be. */ | |
12276 | ||
12277 | bfd_vma | |
12278 | _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, | |
12279 | struct bfd_link_info *info, | |
12280 | asection *sec, | |
12281 | bfd_vma offset) | |
12282 | { | |
12283 | switch (sec->sec_info_type) | |
12284 | { | |
12285 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: | |
12286 | return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, | |
12287 | offset); | |
12288 | case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: | |
12289 | return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); | |
12290 | ||
12291 | default: | |
12292 | if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) | |
12293 | { | |
12294 | /* Reverse the offset. */ | |
12295 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
12296 | bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; | |
12297 | ||
12298 | /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert | |
12299 | to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */ | |
12300 | offset = ((sec->size - address_size) | |
12301 | / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) - offset); | |
12302 | } | |
12303 | return offset; | |
12304 | } | |
12305 | } | |
12306 | \f | |
12307 | /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, | |
12308 | reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory | |
12309 | based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it | |
12310 | points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference | |
12311 | between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the | |
12312 | file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. | |
12313 | ||
12314 | The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the | |
12315 | remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it | |
12316 | should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must | |
12317 | be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in | |
12318 | the remote memory. */ | |
12319 | ||
12320 | bfd * | |
12321 | bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory | |
12322 | (bfd *templ, | |
12323 | bfd_vma ehdr_vma, | |
12324 | bfd_size_type size, | |
12325 | bfd_vma *loadbasep, | |
12326 | int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) | |
12327 | { | |
12328 | return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) | |
12329 | (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory); | |
12330 | } | |
12331 | \f | |
12332 | long | |
12333 | _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, | |
12334 | long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12335 | asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12336 | long dynsymcount, | |
12337 | asymbol **dynsyms, | |
12338 | asymbol **ret) | |
12339 | { | |
12340 | const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
12341 | asection *relplt; | |
12342 | asymbol *s; | |
12343 | const char *relplt_name; | |
12344 | bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); | |
12345 | arelent *p; | |
12346 | long count, i, n; | |
12347 | size_t size; | |
12348 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; | |
12349 | char *names; | |
12350 | asection *plt; | |
12351 | ||
12352 | *ret = NULL; | |
12353 | ||
12354 | if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) | |
12355 | return 0; | |
12356 | ||
12357 | if (dynsymcount <= 0) | |
12358 | return 0; | |
12359 | ||
12360 | if (!bed->plt_sym_val) | |
12361 | return 0; | |
12362 | ||
12363 | relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; | |
12364 | if (relplt_name == NULL) | |
12365 | relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; | |
12366 | relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); | |
12367 | if (relplt == NULL) | |
12368 | return 0; | |
12369 | ||
12370 | hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; | |
12371 | if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) | |
12372 | || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) | |
12373 | return 0; | |
12374 | ||
12375 | plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); | |
12376 | if (plt == NULL) | |
12377 | return 0; | |
12378 | ||
12379 | slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; | |
12380 | if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) | |
12381 | return -1; | |
12382 | ||
12383 | count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; | |
12384 | size = count * sizeof (asymbol); | |
12385 | p = relplt->relocation; | |
12386 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) | |
12387 | { | |
12388 | size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); | |
12389 | if (p->addend != 0) | |
12390 | { | |
12391 | #ifdef BFD64 | |
12392 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); | |
12393 | #else | |
12394 | size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; | |
12395 | #endif | |
12396 | } | |
12397 | } | |
12398 | ||
12399 | s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); | |
12400 | if (s == NULL) | |
12401 | return -1; | |
12402 | ||
12403 | names = (char *) (s + count); | |
12404 | p = relplt->relocation; | |
12405 | n = 0; | |
12406 | for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) | |
12407 | { | |
12408 | size_t len; | |
12409 | bfd_vma addr; | |
12410 | ||
12411 | addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); | |
12412 | if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) | |
12413 | continue; | |
12414 | ||
12415 | *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; | |
12416 | /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since | |
12417 | we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ | |
12418 | if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) | |
12419 | s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; | |
12420 | s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; | |
12421 | s->section = plt; | |
12422 | s->value = addr - plt->vma; | |
12423 | s->name = names; | |
12424 | s->udata.p = NULL; | |
12425 | len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); | |
12426 | memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); | |
12427 | names += len; | |
12428 | if (p->addend != 0) | |
12429 | { | |
12430 | char buf[30], *a; | |
12431 | ||
12432 | memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); | |
12433 | names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; | |
12434 | bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); | |
12435 | for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) | |
12436 | ; | |
12437 | len = strlen (a); | |
12438 | memcpy (names, a, len); | |
12439 | names += len; | |
12440 | } | |
12441 | memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); | |
12442 | names += sizeof ("@plt"); | |
12443 | ++s, ++n; | |
12444 | } | |
12445 | ||
12446 | return n; | |
12447 | } | |
12448 | ||
12449 | /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. | |
12450 | ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique, | |
12451 | but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */ | |
12452 | static const asymbol lcomm_sym | |
12453 | = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section); | |
12454 | asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section | |
12455 | = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, &lcomm_sym, | |
12456 | "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON); | |
12457 | ||
12458 | bfd_boolean | |
12459 | _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd) | |
12460 | { | |
12461 | Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ | |
12462 | ||
12463 | i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); | |
12464 | ||
12465 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE) | |
12466 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; | |
12467 | ||
12468 | /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains | |
12469 | SHF_GNU_MBIND sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type or | |
12470 | STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ | |
12471 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi != 0) | |
12472 | { | |
12473 | if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE) | |
12474 | i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; | |
12475 | else if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_GNU | |
12476 | && i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD) | |
12477 | { | |
12478 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_mbind) | |
12479 | _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is unsupported")); | |
12480 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc) | |
12481 | _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is unsupported")); | |
12482 | if (elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_osabi & elf_gnu_osabi_unique) | |
12483 | _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is unsupported")); | |
12484 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry); | |
12485 | return FALSE; | |
12486 | } | |
12487 | } | |
12488 | return TRUE; | |
12489 | } | |
12490 | ||
12491 | ||
12492 | /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. | |
12493 | This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for | |
12494 | most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ | |
12495 | ||
12496 | bfd_boolean | |
12497 | _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) | |
12498 | { | |
12499 | return (type == STT_FUNC | |
12500 | || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); | |
12501 | } | |
12502 | ||
12503 | /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the | |
12504 | function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, | |
12505 | otherwise return zero. */ | |
12506 | ||
12507 | bfd_size_type | |
12508 | _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, | |
12509 | bfd_vma *code_off) | |
12510 | { | |
12511 | bfd_size_type size; | |
12512 | ||
12513 | if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT | |
12514 | | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 | |
12515 | || sym->section != sec) | |
12516 | return 0; | |
12517 | ||
12518 | *code_off = sym->value; | |
12519 | size = 0; | |
12520 | if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) | |
12521 | size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; | |
12522 | if (size == 0) | |
12523 | size = 1; | |
12524 | return size; | |
12525 | } | |
12526 | ||
12527 | /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */ | |
12528 | #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0 | |
12529 | ||
12530 | /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type | |
12531 | used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */ | |
12532 | #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA) | |
12533 | ||
12534 | /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */ | |
12535 | ||
12536 | bfd_boolean | |
12537 | _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd * abfd, | |
12538 | Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, | |
12539 | const char * name, | |
12540 | unsigned int shindex) | |
12541 | { | |
12542 | /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */ | |
12543 | if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA) | |
12544 | return FALSE; | |
12545 | ||
12546 | #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS | |
12547 | fprintf (stderr, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name); | |
12548 | #endif | |
12549 | hdr->sh_type = SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC; | |
12550 | return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); | |
12551 | } | |
12552 | ||
12553 | /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */ | |
12554 | ||
12555 | bfd_boolean | |
12556 | _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd * abfd, | |
12557 | asection * sec, | |
12558 | asymbol ** symbols) | |
12559 | { | |
12560 | const struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
12561 | asection * relsec; | |
12562 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; | |
12563 | bfd_vma (*r_sym) (bfd_vma); | |
12564 | ||
12565 | #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32 | |
12566 | if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) != 32) | |
12567 | r_sym = elf64_r_sym; | |
12568 | else | |
12569 | #endif | |
12570 | r_sym = elf32_r_sym; | |
12571 | ||
12572 | /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections | |
12573 | associated with SEC. */ | |
12574 | for (relsec = abfd->sections; relsec != NULL; relsec = relsec->next) | |
12575 | { | |
12576 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * hdr = & elf_section_data (relsec)->this_hdr; | |
12577 | ||
12578 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC | |
12579 | && hdr->sh_info == (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx) | |
12580 | { | |
12581 | bfd_byte * native_relocs; | |
12582 | bfd_byte * native_reloc; | |
12583 | arelent * internal_relocs; | |
12584 | arelent * internal_reloc; | |
12585 | unsigned int i; | |
12586 | unsigned int entsize; | |
12587 | unsigned int symcount; | |
12588 | unsigned int reloc_count; | |
12589 | size_t amt; | |
12590 | ||
12591 | if (ebd->elf_info_to_howto == NULL) | |
12592 | return FALSE; | |
12593 | ||
12594 | #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS | |
12595 | fprintf (stderr, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n", | |
12596 | sec->name, relsec->name); | |
12597 | #endif | |
12598 | entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; | |
12599 | ||
12600 | native_relocs = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); | |
12601 | if (native_relocs == NULL) | |
12602 | { | |
12603 | result = FALSE; | |
12604 | continue; | |
12605 | } | |
12606 | ||
12607 | reloc_count = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); | |
12608 | if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count, sizeof (arelent), & amt)) | |
12609 | { | |
12610 | free (native_relocs); | |
12611 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big); | |
12612 | result = FALSE; | |
12613 | continue; | |
12614 | } | |
12615 | ||
12616 | internal_relocs = (arelent *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); | |
12617 | if (internal_relocs == NULL) | |
12618 | { | |
12619 | free (native_relocs); | |
12620 | result = FALSE; | |
12621 | continue; | |
12622 | } | |
12623 | ||
12624 | if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 | |
12625 | || (bfd_bread (native_relocs, hdr->sh_size, abfd) | |
12626 | != hdr->sh_size)) | |
12627 | { | |
12628 | free (native_relocs); | |
12629 | /* The internal_relocs will be freed when | |
12630 | the memory for the bfd is released. */ | |
12631 | result = FALSE; | |
12632 | continue; | |
12633 | } | |
12634 | ||
12635 | symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); | |
12636 | ||
12637 | for (i = 0, internal_reloc = internal_relocs, | |
12638 | native_reloc = native_relocs; | |
12639 | i < reloc_count; | |
12640 | i++, internal_reloc++, native_reloc += entsize) | |
12641 | { | |
12642 | bfd_boolean res; | |
12643 | Elf_Internal_Rela rela; | |
12644 | ||
12645 | ebd->s->swap_reloca_in (abfd, native_reloc, & rela); | |
12646 | ||
12647 | /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object | |
12648 | file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library. | |
12649 | The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative, | |
12650 | and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */ | |
12651 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0) | |
12652 | internal_reloc->address = rela.r_offset; | |
12653 | else | |
12654 | internal_reloc->address = rela.r_offset - sec->vma; | |
12655 | ||
12656 | if (r_sym (rela.r_info) == STN_UNDEF) | |
12657 | { | |
12658 | /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we | |
12659 | have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */ | |
12660 | internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = | |
12661 | bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; | |
12662 | } | |
12663 | else if (r_sym (rela.r_info) > symcount) | |
12664 | { | |
12665 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12666 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12667 | (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"), | |
12668 | abfd, sec, i, (long) r_sym (rela.r_info)); | |
12669 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12670 | internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = | |
12671 | bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr; | |
12672 | result = FALSE; | |
12673 | } | |
12674 | else | |
12675 | { | |
12676 | asymbol **ps; | |
12677 | ||
12678 | ps = symbols + r_sym (rela.r_info) - 1; | |
12679 | ||
12680 | internal_reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = ps; | |
12681 | /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */ | |
12682 | (*ps)->flags |= BSF_KEEP; | |
12683 | } | |
12684 | ||
12685 | internal_reloc->addend = rela.r_addend; | |
12686 | ||
12687 | res = ebd->elf_info_to_howto (abfd, internal_reloc, & rela); | |
12688 | if (! res || internal_reloc->howto == NULL) | |
12689 | { | |
12690 | #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS | |
12691 | fprintf (stderr, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n", | |
12692 | rela.r_info); | |
12693 | #endif | |
12694 | result = FALSE; | |
12695 | } | |
12696 | } | |
12697 | ||
12698 | free (native_relocs); | |
12699 | /* Store the internal relocs. */ | |
12700 | elf_section_data (relsec)->sec_info = internal_relocs; | |
12701 | } | |
12702 | } | |
12703 | ||
12704 | return result; | |
12705 | } | |
12706 | ||
12707 | /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */ | |
12708 | ||
12709 | bfd_boolean | |
12710 | _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd * ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12711 | bfd * obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, | |
12712 | const Elf_Internal_Shdr * isection, | |
12713 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * osection) | |
12714 | { | |
12715 | asection * isec; | |
12716 | asection * osec; | |
12717 | ||
12718 | if (isection == NULL) | |
12719 | return FALSE; | |
12720 | ||
12721 | if (isection->sh_type != SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC) | |
12722 | return TRUE; | |
12723 | ||
12724 | isec = isection->bfd_section; | |
12725 | if (isec == NULL) | |
12726 | return FALSE; | |
12727 | ||
12728 | osec = osection->bfd_section; | |
12729 | if (osec == NULL) | |
12730 | return FALSE; | |
12731 | ||
12732 | BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec)->sec_info == NULL); | |
12733 | elf_section_data (osec)->sec_info = elf_section_data (isec)->sec_info; | |
12734 | osection->sh_type = SHT_RELA; | |
12735 | osection->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (obfd); | |
12736 | if (osection->sh_link == 0) | |
12737 | { | |
12738 | /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */ | |
12739 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12740 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12741 | (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"), | |
12742 | obfd, osec); | |
12743 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12744 | return FALSE; | |
12745 | } | |
12746 | ||
12747 | /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */ | |
12748 | if (isection->sh_info == 0 | |
12749 | || isection->sh_info >= elf_numsections (ibfd)) | |
12750 | { | |
12751 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12752 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12753 | (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"), | |
12754 | obfd, osec); | |
12755 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12756 | return FALSE; | |
12757 | } | |
12758 | ||
12759 | isection = elf_elfsections (ibfd)[isection->sh_info]; | |
12760 | ||
12761 | if (isection == NULL | |
12762 | || isection->bfd_section == NULL | |
12763 | || isection->bfd_section->output_section == NULL) | |
12764 | { | |
12765 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12766 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12767 | (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"), | |
12768 | obfd, osec); | |
12769 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12770 | return FALSE; | |
12771 | } | |
12772 | ||
12773 | osection->sh_info = | |
12774 | elf_section_data (isection->bfd_section->output_section)->this_idx; | |
12775 | ||
12776 | #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS | |
12777 | fprintf (stderr, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n", | |
12778 | osec->name, osection->sh_link, osection->sh_info); | |
12779 | #endif | |
12780 | ||
12781 | return TRUE; | |
12782 | } | |
12783 | ||
12784 | /* Write out a secondary reloc section. */ | |
12785 | ||
12786 | bfd_boolean | |
12787 | _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) | |
12788 | { | |
12789 | const struct elf_backend_data * const ebd = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); | |
12790 | bfd_vma addr_offset; | |
12791 | asection * relsec; | |
12792 | bfd_vma (*r_info) (bfd_vma, bfd_vma); | |
12793 | bfd_boolean result = TRUE; | |
12794 | ||
12795 | if (sec == NULL) | |
12796 | return FALSE; | |
12797 | ||
12798 | #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32 | |
12799 | if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) != 32) | |
12800 | r_info = elf64_r_info; | |
12801 | else | |
12802 | #endif | |
12803 | r_info = elf32_r_info; | |
12804 | ||
12805 | /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object | |
12806 | file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library. | |
12807 | The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */ | |
12808 | addr_offset = 0; | |
12809 | if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) != 0) | |
12810 | addr_offset = sec->vma; | |
12811 | ||
12812 | /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections | |
12813 | associated with SEC. */ | |
12814 | for (relsec = abfd->sections; relsec != NULL; relsec = relsec->next) | |
12815 | { | |
12816 | const struct bfd_elf_section_data * const esd = elf_section_data (relsec); | |
12817 | Elf_Internal_Shdr * const hdr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) & esd->this_hdr; | |
12818 | ||
12819 | if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA | |
12820 | && hdr->sh_info == (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx) | |
12821 | { | |
12822 | asymbol * last_sym; | |
12823 | int last_sym_idx; | |
12824 | unsigned int reloc_count; | |
12825 | unsigned int idx; | |
12826 | arelent * src_irel; | |
12827 | bfd_byte * dst_rela; | |
12828 | ||
12829 | if (hdr->contents != NULL) | |
12830 | { | |
12831 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12832 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12833 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"), | |
12834 | abfd, relsec); | |
12835 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12836 | result = FALSE; | |
12837 | continue; | |
12838 | } | |
12839 | ||
12840 | reloc_count = hdr->sh_size / hdr->sh_entsize; | |
12841 | if (reloc_count <= 0) | |
12842 | { | |
12843 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12844 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12845 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"), | |
12846 | abfd, relsec); | |
12847 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12848 | result = FALSE; | |
12849 | continue; | |
12850 | } | |
12851 | ||
12852 | hdr->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, hdr->sh_size); | |
12853 | if (hdr->contents == NULL) | |
12854 | continue; | |
12855 | ||
12856 | #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS | |
12857 | fprintf (stderr, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n", | |
12858 | reloc_count, sec->name, relsec->name); | |
12859 | #endif | |
12860 | last_sym = NULL; | |
12861 | last_sym_idx = 0; | |
12862 | dst_rela = hdr->contents; | |
12863 | src_irel = (arelent *) esd->sec_info; | |
12864 | if (src_irel == NULL) | |
12865 | { | |
12866 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12867 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12868 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"), | |
12869 | abfd, relsec); | |
12870 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12871 | result = FALSE; | |
12872 | continue; | |
12873 | } | |
12874 | ||
12875 | for (idx = 0; idx < reloc_count; idx++, dst_rela += hdr->sh_entsize) | |
12876 | { | |
12877 | Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela; | |
12878 | arelent *ptr; | |
12879 | asymbol *sym; | |
12880 | int n; | |
12881 | ||
12882 | ptr = src_irel + idx; | |
12883 | if (ptr == NULL) | |
12884 | { | |
12885 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12886 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12887 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"), | |
12888 | abfd, relsec, idx); | |
12889 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12890 | result = FALSE; | |
12891 | break; | |
12892 | } | |
12893 | ||
12894 | if (ptr->sym_ptr_ptr == NULL) | |
12895 | { | |
12896 | /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */ | |
12897 | n = 0; | |
12898 | } | |
12899 | else | |
12900 | { | |
12901 | sym = *ptr->sym_ptr_ptr; | |
12902 | ||
12903 | if (sym == last_sym) | |
12904 | n = last_sym_idx; | |
12905 | else | |
12906 | { | |
12907 | n = _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd, & sym); | |
12908 | if (n < 0) | |
12909 | { | |
12910 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12911 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12912 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"), | |
12913 | abfd, relsec, idx); | |
12914 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12915 | result = FALSE; | |
12916 | n = 0; | |
12917 | } | |
12918 | ||
12919 | last_sym = sym; | |
12920 | last_sym_idx = n; | |
12921 | } | |
12922 | ||
12923 | if (sym->the_bfd != NULL | |
12924 | && sym->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec | |
12925 | && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd, ptr)) | |
12926 | { | |
12927 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12928 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12929 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"), | |
12930 | abfd, relsec, idx); | |
12931 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12932 | result = FALSE; | |
12933 | n = 0; | |
12934 | } | |
12935 | } | |
12936 | ||
12937 | src_rela.r_offset = ptr->address + addr_offset; | |
12938 | if (ptr->howto == NULL) | |
12939 | { | |
12940 | _bfd_error_handler | |
12941 | /* xgettext:c-format */ | |
12942 | (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"), | |
12943 | abfd, relsec, idx); | |
12944 | bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); | |
12945 | result = FALSE; | |
12946 | src_rela.r_info = r_info (0, 0); | |
12947 | } | |
12948 | else | |
12949 | src_rela.r_info = r_info (n, ptr->howto->type); | |
12950 | src_rela.r_addend = ptr->addend; | |
12951 | ebd->s->swap_reloca_out (abfd, &src_rela, dst_rela); | |
12952 | } | |
12953 | } | |
12954 | } | |
12955 | ||
12956 | return result; | |
12957 | } |